9ea7edf8310f7de0a5566f7d648e82ea566d1acc
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * TFTP:: TFTP
83 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
84 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
85 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
86 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
87 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
88
89 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
90 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
91 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
92 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
93 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
94 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
95 @end menu
96
97 @node About
98 @unnumbered About
99 @cindex about
100
101 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
102 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
103 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
104 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
105 around the world.
106
107 @section What is OpenOCD?
108 @cindex TAP
109 @cindex JTAG
110
111 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
112 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
113 devices.
114
115 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
116 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
117 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
118 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
119 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
120 needed to hook up to the target.
121
122 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
123 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
124 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
125 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
126 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
127
128 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
129 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
130 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
131 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
132 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
133
134 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
135 signaling, and is used to communicate
136 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
137 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
138 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
139 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
140 scan operations.
141
142 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
143 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
144 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
145 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
146
147 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
148 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
149 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
150 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
151
152
153 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
154 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
155 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
156
157 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
158 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
159 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) based cores to be
160 debugged via the GDB protocol.
161
162 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
163 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
164 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
165 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
166 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
167
168 @section OpenOCD Web Site
169
170 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
171
172 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
173
174 @section Latest User's Guide:
175
176 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
177 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
178 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
179
180 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
181
182 PDF form is likewise published at:
183
184 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
185
186 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
187
188 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
189 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
190 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
191 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
192 instead of this forum.
193
194 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
195
196 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
197
198 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
199 communication between users:
200
201 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
202
203 @section OpenOCD IRC
204
205 Support can also be found on irc:
206 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
207
208 @node Developers
209 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
210 @cindex developers
211
212 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
213 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
214 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
215 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
216
217 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
218 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
219
220 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
221
222 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
223 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
224
225 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
226
227 or via http
228
229 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
230
231 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
232
233 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
234
235 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
236 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
237 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
238 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
239 needing a GIT client:
240
241 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
242
243 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
244 from the repository or a snapshot.
245
246 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
247 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
248 Patches created against older versions may require additional
249 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
250
251 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
252
253 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
254 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
255 technical information about the software internals, development
256 processes, and similar documentation:
257
258 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
259
260 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
261 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
262 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
263
264 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
265
266 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
267 communication between developers:
268
269 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
270
271 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
272 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
273 to prepare patches.
274
275 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
276
277 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
278 using Trac for its bug database:
279
280 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
281
282
283 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
284 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
285 @cindex dongles
286 @cindex FTDI
287 @cindex wiggler
288 @cindex zy1000
289 @cindex printer port
290 @cindex USB Adapter
291 @cindex RTCK
292
293 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
294 an adapter .... [snip]
295
296 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
297 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
298 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
299 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
300 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
301 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
302 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
303
304
305 @section Choosing a Dongle
306
307 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
308
309 @enumerate
310 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
311 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
312 other ways to communicate with target devices.
313 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
314 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
315 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
316 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
317 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
318 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
319 Ethernet port needed?
320 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
321 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
322 @end enumerate
323
324 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
325
326 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
327 stand-alone JTAG probe that unlikemost dongles doesn’t require any drivers
328 running on the developers host computer.
329 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
330 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
331 IP address assigned to the probe.
332 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
333 OpenOCD debugger.
334 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
335 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
336 the target.
337 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
338 to power cycle the target remotely.
339
340 For more information, visit:
341
342 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/33-zylin-zy1000-jtag-probe}
343
344 @section USB FT2232 Based
345
346 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
347 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
348 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
349 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
350 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
351 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012 a new
352 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
353 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
354 clocking.)
355
356 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
357 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
358 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
359 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
360 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
361
362 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
363 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
364
365 @itemize @bullet
366 @item @b{usbjtag}
367 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
368 @item @b{jtagkey}
369 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
370 @item @b{jtagkey2}
371 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
372 @item @b{oocdlink}
373 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
374 @item @b{signalyzer}
375 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
376 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
377 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
378 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
379 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
380 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
381 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
382 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
383 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
384 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
385 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
386 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
387 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
388 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
389 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
390 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
391 @item @b{turtelizer2}
392 @* See:
393 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
394 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
395 @item @b{comstick}
396 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
397 @item @b{stm32stick}
398 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
399 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
400 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
401 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
402 @item @b{cortino}
403 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
404 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
405 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
406 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
407 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
408 @item @b{opendous}
409 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
410 (OpenHardware).
411 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
412 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
413 @end itemize
414
415 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
416
417 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
418 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
419 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
420 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
421 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
422
423 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
424 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
425 (see the section on driver commands).
426
427 @itemize
428 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
429 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
430 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
432 @end itemize
433
434 @section USB JLINK based
435 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
436 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
437 AT91SAM764 internally.
438
439 @itemize @bullet
440 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
441 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
442 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
443 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
444 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
445 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
446 @end itemize
447
448 @section USB RLINK based
449 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
450 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
451 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
452
453 @itemize @bullet
454 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
455 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
456 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
457 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
458 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
459 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
460 @end itemize
461
462 @section USB ST-LINK based
463 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
464 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
465
466 @itemize @bullet
467 @item @b{ST-LINK}
468 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
469 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
470 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
471 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
472 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
473 @end itemize
474
475 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
476 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
477 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
478 @itemize @bullet
479 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
480 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
481 @end itemize
482
483 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
484 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
485 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
486 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
487
488 @section USB Other
489 @itemize @bullet
490 @item @b{USBprog}
491 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
492
493 @item @b{USB - Presto}
494 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
495
496 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
497 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
498
499 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
500 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
501
502 @item @b{Buspirate}
503 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
504
505 @item @b{opendous}
506 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
507
508 @item @b{estick}
509 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
510
511 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
512 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
513 @end itemize
514
515 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
516
517 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
518 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
519 these on the market.
520
521 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
522 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
523 of USB-based ones.
524
525 @itemize @bullet
526
527 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
528 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
529
530 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
531 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
532 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
533
534 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
535 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
536
537 @item @b{GW16402}
538 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
539
540 @item @b{Wiggler2}
541 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
542
543 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
544 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
545
546 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
547 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
548
549 @item @b{arm-jtag}
550 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
551
552 @item @b{chameleon}
553 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
554
555 @item @b{Triton}
556 @* Unknown.
557
558 @item @b{Lattice}
559 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
560 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
561
562 @item @b{flashlink}
563 @* From ST Microsystems;
564 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
565
566 @end itemize
567
568 @section Other...
569 @itemize @bullet
570
571 @item @b{ep93xx}
572 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
573
574 @item @b{at91rm9200}
575 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
576
577 @end itemize
578
579 @node About Jim-Tcl
580 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
581 @cindex Jim-Tcl
582 @cindex tcl
583
584 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
585 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
586 command interpreter.
587
588 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
589 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
590 much of anything about Tcl.
591 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
592
593 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
594 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
595 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
596 OpenOCD mailing list.
597
598 @itemize @bullet
599 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
600 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
601 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
602 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
603 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
604 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
605
606 @item @b{Missing Features}
607 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
608 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
609 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
610 enabled in OpenOCD.
611
612 @item @b{Scripts}
613 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
614 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
615 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
616
617 @item @b{Commands}
618 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
619 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
620 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
621 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
622
623 @item @b{Historical Note}
624 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
625 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
626 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
627 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
628
629 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
630 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
631 @end itemize
632
633 @node Running
634 @chapter Running
635 @cindex command line options
636 @cindex logfile
637 @cindex directory search
638
639 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
640 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
641 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
642 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
643 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
644
645 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
646 tell it how each debug session should work.
647 The @option{--help} option shows:
648 @verbatim
649 bash$ openocd --help
650
651 --help | -h display this help
652 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
653 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
654 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
655 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
656 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
657 --command | -c run <command>
658 @end verbatim
659
660 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
661 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
662 To specify one or more different
663 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
664
665 @example
666 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
667 @end example
668
669 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
670 @enumerate
671 @item the current directory,
672 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
673 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
674 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
675 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
676 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
677 @end enumerate
678 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
679
680 @quotation Note
681 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
682 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
683 @end quotation
684
685 @section Simple setup, no customization
686
687 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
688 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
689 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
690 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
691 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
692
693 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
694 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
695 the server like:
696
697 @example
698 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
699 @end example
700
701 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
702 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
703 If all goes well you'll see output something like
704
705 @example
706 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
707 For bug reports, read
708 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
709 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
710 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
711 @end example
712
713 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
714 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
715 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
716
717 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
718
719 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
720 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
721 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
722 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
723 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
724 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
725 ensure that this always succeeds.
726 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
727 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
728 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
729 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
730
731 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
732 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
733 those channels.
734
735 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
736 the @option{-d} option.
737
738 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
739 @option{-c} command line switch.
740
741 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
742 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
743 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
744 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
745 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
746 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
747 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
748
749 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
750 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
751
752 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
753 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
754 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
755 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
756
757 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
758 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
759
760 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
761 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
762 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
763 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
764 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
765 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
766 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
767
768 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
769
770 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
771 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
772 and a USB cable on the other.
773 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
774 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
775
776 @enumerate
777 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
778 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
779 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
780 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
781 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
782 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
783 debugging host.
784
785 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
786 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
787 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
788 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
789 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
790
791 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
792 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
793 with 1.2 Volt boards.
794
795 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
796 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
797 ways to connect the cable.
798 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
799 Be sure it's firmly connected.
800
801 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
802 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
803 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
804 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
805 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
806 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
807 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
808 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
809
810 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
811 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
812 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
813 but are tedious to set up.
814 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
815 adapter signals to the right board pins.
816
817 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
818 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
819 you are using to run OpenOCD.
820 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
821
822 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
823 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
824 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
825
826 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
827 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
828 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
829
830 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
831 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
832 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
833 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
834
835 @end enumerate
836
837 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
838 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
839 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
840
841 @section Project Directory
842
843 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
844
845 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
846 single directory for your work with a given board.
847 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
848 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
849 files accessed through semihosting,
850 and for code you upload to the target board.
851 It is also the natural place to write files,
852 such as log files and data you download from the board.
853
854 @section Configuration Basics
855
856 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
857 a variety of ways you can mix them.
858 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
859
860 @itemize
861 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
862 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
863 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
864 @end itemize
865
866 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
867 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
868 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
869
870 @example
871 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
872
873 # GDB can also flash my flash!
874 gdb_memory_map enable
875 gdb_flash_program enable
876
877 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
878 @end example
879
880 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
881
882 @example
883 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
884 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
885 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
886 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
887 @end example
888
889 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
890 each supporting a different development task.
891 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
892 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
893
894 @quotation Important
895 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
896 problems with how it treats variables.
897 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
898 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
899 that can be tested in a later script.
900 @end quotation
901
902 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
903 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
904 to simplify your work.
905
906 @section User Config Files
907 @cindex config file, user
908 @cindex user config file
909 @cindex config file, overview
910
911 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
912 in one place.
913 One of the following will match your situation best:
914
915 @itemize
916 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
917 provided by someone else.
918 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
919 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
920 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
921 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
922 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
923 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
924
925 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
926 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
927
928 @enumerate
929 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
930 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
931 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
932 @end enumerate
933
934 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
935 The first is an interface config file.
936 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
937 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
938 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
939 meet your deadline:
940
941 @example
942 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
943 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
944 @end example
945
946 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
947 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
948 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
949 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
950
951 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
952 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
953 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
954 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
955 target and board
956 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
957 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
958
959 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
960 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
961 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
962 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
963
964 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
965 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
966 giving access to your particular flash chips.
967 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
968 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
969
970 @quotation Note
971 When you write new configuration files, please submit
972 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
973 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
974 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
975 will help support users of any board using that chip.
976 @end quotation
977
978 @item
979 You may may need to write some C code.
980 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
981 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
982 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
983 a new chip architecture.
984 @end itemize
985
986 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
987 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
988 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
989
990 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
991 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
992 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
993 @itemize
994
995 @item
996 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
997 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
998 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
999 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1000
1001 @item
1002 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1003 @cindex vector_catch
1004 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1005 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1006 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1007 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1008 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1009 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1010
1011 @item
1012 You might need to override some defaults.
1013 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1014 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1015
1016 @item
1017 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1018 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1019 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1020 @end itemize
1021
1022 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1023
1024 A few project-specific utility
1025 routines may well speed up your work.
1026 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1027
1028 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1029 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1030 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1031 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1032 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1033 may help:
1034
1035 @example
1036 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1037 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1038 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1039 # Leave the CPU halted.
1040 reset init
1041
1042 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1043 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1044
1045 # Start running.
1046 resume 0x20000000
1047 @}
1048 @end example
1049
1050 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1051 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1052 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1053 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1054 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1055
1056 @example
1057 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1058 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1059 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1060 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1061 reset init
1062
1063 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1064 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1065 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1066 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1067 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1068 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1069 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1070
1071 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1072 reset run
1073 @}
1074 @end example
1075
1076 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1077 from NAND.
1078 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1079 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1080 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1081
1082 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1083 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1084
1085 @section Target Software Changes
1086
1087 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1088 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1089 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1090 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1091 handling issues like:
1092
1093 @itemize @bullet
1094
1095 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1096 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1097 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1098 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1099 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1100 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1101 your debug sessions.
1102
1103 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1104 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1105 That might however be your only option.
1106
1107 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1108 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1109 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1110 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1111 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1112 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1113 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1114 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1115 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1116 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1117 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1118 instead of the whole thing.
1119 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1120 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1121
1122 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1123 @cindex ARM semihosting
1124 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1125 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1126 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1127 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1128 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1129 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1130 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1131 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1132 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1133 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1134 NAND or SPI flash.
1135
1136 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1137 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1138 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1139 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1140 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1141
1142 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1143 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1144 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1145 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1146 registers which can be used to change various features including
1147 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1148 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1149 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1150 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1151 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1152
1153 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1154 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1155 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1156 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1157 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1158
1159 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1160 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1161 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1162 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1163 early code execution can be debugged
1164 or firmware can be replaced.
1165
1166 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1167 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1168 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1169 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1170 operations like writing to memory.)
1171
1172 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1173 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1174 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1175 various kinds of message.
1176 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1177
1178 @end itemize
1179
1180 @section Target Hardware Setup
1181
1182 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1183 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1184 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1185 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1186 working with.}
1187
1188 Common issues include:
1189
1190 @itemize @bullet
1191
1192 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1193 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1194 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1195 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1196 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1197 or one from a daughtercard).
1198 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1199 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1200
1201 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1202 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1203 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1204 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1205 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1206 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1207
1208 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1209 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1210 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1211 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1212 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1213
1214
1215 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1216 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1217 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1218 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1219 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1220 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1221 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1222
1223 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1224 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1225 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1226 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1227 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1228
1229 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1230 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1231 used to start booting.
1232
1233 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1234 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1235 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1236 multiple audio codec chips).
1237 This interacts with software
1238 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1239 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1240 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1241 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1242 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1243 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1244 audio or video codecs are used.
1245
1246 @end itemize
1247
1248 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1249 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1250 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1251 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1252 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1253 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1254 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1255 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1256 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1257 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1258
1259
1260 @node Config File Guidelines
1261 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1262
1263 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1264 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1265 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1266 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1267
1268 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1269 with files including the ones listed here.
1270 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1271 @itemize @bullet
1272 @item @file{interface} ...
1273 These are for debug adapters.
1274 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1275 @example
1276 $ ls interface -R
1277 interface/:
1278 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1279 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1280 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1281 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1282 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1283 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1284 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1285 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1286 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1287 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1288 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1289 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1290 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1291 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1292 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1293 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1294 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1295 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1296 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1297 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1298 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1299 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1300 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1301 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1302 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1303
1304 interface/ftdi:
1305 axm0432.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1306 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1307 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1308 cortino.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1309 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1310 dp_busblaster.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1311 flossjtag.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1312 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1313 flyswatter2.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1314 flyswatter.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1315 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1316 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1317 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1318 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1319 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1320 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1321 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1322 $
1323 @end example
1324 @item @file{board} ...
1325 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1326 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1327 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1328 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1329 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1330 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1331 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1332 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1333 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1334 a CPU and an FPGA.
1335 @example
1336 $ ls board
1337 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1338 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1339 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1340 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1341 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1342 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1343 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1344 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1345 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1346 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1347 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1348 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1349 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1350 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1351 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1352 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1353 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1354 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1355 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1356 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1357 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1358 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1359 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1360 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1361 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1362 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1363 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1364 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1365 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1366 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1367 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1368 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1369 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1370 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1371 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1372 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1373 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1374 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1375 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1376 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1377 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1378 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1379 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1380 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1381 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1382 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1383 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1384 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1385 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1386 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1387 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1388 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1389 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1390 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1391 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1392 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1393 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1394 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1395 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1396 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1397 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1398 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1399 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1400 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1401 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1402 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1403 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1404 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1405 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1406 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1407 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1408 $
1409 @end example
1410 @item @file{target} ...
1411 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1412 on a chip
1413 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1414 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1415 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1416 the target config file defines all of them.
1417 @example
1418 $ ls target
1419 aduc702x.cfg lpc1763.cfg
1420 am335x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1421 amdm37x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1422 ar71xx.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1423 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1424 at91r40008.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1425 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1426 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1427 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1428 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1429 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1430 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1431 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1432 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1433 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1434 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1435 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1436 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1437 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1438 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1439 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1440 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1441 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1442 at91sam7se512.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1443 at91sam7sx.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1444 at91sam7x256.cfg nuc910.cfg
1445 at91sam7x512.cfg omap2420.cfg
1446 at91sam9260.cfg omap3530.cfg
1447 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4430.cfg
1448 at91sam9261.cfg omap4460.cfg
1449 at91sam9263.cfg omap5912.cfg
1450 at91sam9.cfg omapl138.cfg
1451 at91sam9g10.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1452 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa255.cfg
1453 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa270.cfg
1454 at91sam9rl.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1455 atmega128.cfg readme.txt
1456 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1457 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1458 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1459 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1460 c100regs.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1461 cs351x.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1462 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1463 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1464 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1465 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1466 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1467 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1468 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1469 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1470 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1471 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1472 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1473 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1474 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1475 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1476 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1477 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1478 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1479 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1480 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1481 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1482 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1483 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1484 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1485 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1486 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1487 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1488 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1489 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1490 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1491 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1492 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1493 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1494 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1495 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1496 @end example
1497 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1498 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1499 @end itemize
1500
1501 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1502 file may override features in any of the above files by
1503 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1504 commands specific to their situation.
1505
1506 @section Interface Config Files
1507
1508 The user config file
1509 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1510
1511 @example
1512 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1513 @end example
1514
1515 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1516 in use today with OpenOCD.
1517 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1518 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1519
1520 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1521 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1522 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1523 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1524 and need to provide a driver for it.
1525
1526 @section Board Config Files
1527 @cindex config file, board
1528 @cindex board config file
1529
1530 The user config file
1531 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1532
1533 @example
1534 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1535 @end example
1536
1537 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1538 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1539 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1540
1541 @enumerate
1542 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1543 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1544 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1545 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1546 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1547 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1548 @end enumerate
1549
1550 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1551 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1552 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1553 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1554
1555 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1556 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1557 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1558 configuration works.
1559
1560 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1561
1562 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1563 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1564 convention on how to use certain variables.
1565
1566 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1567 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1568 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1569 used at will within a target configuration file.
1570
1571 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1572 for a board with three chips:
1573
1574 @example
1575 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1576 set CHIPNAME network
1577 set ENDIAN big
1578 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1579 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1580 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1581 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1582
1583 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1584 set CHIPNAME video
1585 set ENDIAN little
1586 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1587 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1588 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1589 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1590
1591 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1592 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1593 unset ENDIAN
1594 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1595 @end example
1596
1597 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1598 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1599 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1600 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1601 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1602 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1603 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1604 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1605
1606 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1607 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1608 naming collisions.
1609
1610 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1611 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1612 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1613 up other clocks and peripherals.
1614
1615 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1616 @cindex variable names
1617
1618 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1619 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1620 one such chip (as shown above).
1621 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1622 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1623 to promote consistency and
1624 so that board files can override target defaults.
1625
1626 Inputs to target config files include:
1627
1628 @itemize @bullet
1629 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1630 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1631 tap identifier dotted names.
1632 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1633 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1634 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1635 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1636 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1637 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1638 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1639 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1640 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1641 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1642 @end itemize
1643
1644 Outputs from target config files include:
1645
1646 @itemize @bullet
1647 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1648 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1649 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1650 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1651 specific to that board and that target.
1652 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1653 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1654 @end itemize
1655
1656 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1657 @cindex event, reset-init
1658 @cindex reset-init handler
1659
1660 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1661 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1662 fully set up yet.
1663 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1664 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1665 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1666 handler is one of the most important.
1667
1668 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1669 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1670 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1671 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1672 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1673
1674 @quotation Note
1675 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1676 are included here.
1677 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1678 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1679 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1680 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1681 @end quotation
1682
1683 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1684 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1685 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1686 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1687 those as parameters.
1688 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1689 and disabling the watchdog.
1690 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1691 the next developer doing such work.
1692 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1693
1694 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1695 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1696 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1697 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1698
1699 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1700
1701 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1702 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1703 a low JTAG clock rate.
1704 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1705 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1706 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1707 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1708 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1709 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1710 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1711
1712 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1713 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1714 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1715 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1716 which might be less than that.
1717
1718 @quotation Warning
1719 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1720 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1721 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1722 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1723 @end quotation
1724
1725 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1726 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1727 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1728 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1729 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1730 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1731
1732 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1733 @subsection The init_board procedure
1734 @cindex init_board procedure
1735
1736 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1737 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1738 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1739 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1740 spearate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1741 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1742 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1743 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1744 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1745 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1746 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1747 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to to add some specifics.
1748
1749 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1750 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1751
1752 @example
1753 ### board_file.cfg ###
1754
1755 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1756 source [find target/target.cfg]
1757
1758 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1759 # enables fast on-board clock source
1760 # configures the chip to use it
1761 @}
1762
1763 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1764 proc init_board @{@} @{
1765 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1766
1767 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1768 adapter_khz 1
1769 enable_fast_clock
1770 adapter_khz 10000
1771 @}
1772 @}
1773 @end example
1774
1775 @section Target Config Files
1776 @cindex config file, target
1777 @cindex target config file
1778
1779 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1780 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1781 more target config files like this:
1782
1783 @example
1784 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1785 @end example
1786
1787 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1788 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1789 In summary the target files should contain
1790
1791 @enumerate
1792 @item Set defaults
1793 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1794 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1795 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1796 @item On-Chip flash
1797 @end enumerate
1798
1799 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1800 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1801 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1802
1803 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1804 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1805 can talk to the chip.
1806 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1807 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1808 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1809 and other processing engines.
1810
1811 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1812
1813 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1814 letting board config files express environment-specific
1815 differences in how things should be set up.
1816
1817 @example
1818 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1819 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1820 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1821 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1822 @} else @{
1823 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1824 @}
1825
1826 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1827 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1828 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1829 @} else @{
1830 set _ENDIAN little
1831 @}
1832
1833 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1834 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1835 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1836 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1837 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1838 @} else @{
1839 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1840 @}
1841 @end example
1842 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1843
1844 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1845 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1846 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1847
1848 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1849 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1850 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1851
1852 @example
1853 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1854 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1855 @end example
1856
1857 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1858 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1859 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1860 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1861 for taps.
1862
1863 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1864 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1865 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1866 looks (in part) like this:
1867
1868 @example
1869 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1870 @end example
1871
1872 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1873 to source such a config file twice, with different
1874 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1875 it adds a different TAP each time.
1876
1877 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1878 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1879 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1880 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1881
1882 @example
1883 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1884 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1885 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1886 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1887 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1888 @end example
1889
1890 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1891 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1892
1893 @itemize
1894 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1895 plus a JRC to enable them
1896 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1897 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1898 is not currently used)
1899 @end itemize
1900
1901 @subsection Add CPU targets
1902
1903 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1904 GDB and other commands can use it.
1905 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1906 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1907 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1908 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1909
1910 @example
1911 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1912 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1913 @end example
1914
1915 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1916 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1917 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1918 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1919 a work area if you can.
1920 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1921
1922 @example
1923 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1924 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1925 @end example
1926
1927 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1928 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1929 @cindex SMP
1930 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1931
1932 @example
1933 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1934 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1935 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1936 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1937 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1938 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1939 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1940 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1941 @end example
1942 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1943 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1944 @itemize @bullet
1945 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1946 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1947 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1948 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1949 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1950 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1951 @end itemize
1952
1953 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1954 command have been implemented.
1955 @itemize @bullet
1956 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1957 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1958 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1959 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1960 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1961 following example.
1962 @end itemize
1963
1964 @example
1965 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1966 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1967 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1968 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1969 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
1970 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1971 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1972 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1973 > resume
1974 > cortex_a smp_gdb
1975 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1976 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1977 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1978 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
1979 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1980 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1981 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1982 @end example
1983
1984
1985 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1986
1987 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1988 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1989 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1990
1991 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1992 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1993 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1994 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1995 both signals.
1996
1997 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1998 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1999 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2000 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2001 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2002 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2003 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2004 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2005 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2006 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2007 not available.)
2008
2009 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2010 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2011 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2012 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2013 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2014 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2015 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2016 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2017
2018 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2019 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2020 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2021 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2022 slower clock than they will use later.
2023 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2024 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2025 than they will use later.
2026 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2027
2028 @quotation Important
2029 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2030 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2031 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2032 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2033 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2034 @end quotation
2035
2036 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2037 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2038 @cindex init_targets procedure
2039
2040 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2041 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2042 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2043 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2044 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2045 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2046 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2047 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2048 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2049
2050 @example
2051 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2052
2053 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2054 # basic initialization procedure ...
2055 @}
2056
2057 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2058 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2059 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2060 @}
2061
2062 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2063
2064 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2065
2066 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2067 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2068 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2069 @}
2070 @end example
2071
2072 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2073 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2074
2075 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2076
2077 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2078 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2079
2080 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2081
2082 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2083 special high speed download features - enable it.
2084
2085 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2086
2087 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2088 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2089 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2090 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2091 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2092 If you are using an external trace port,
2093 configure it in your board config file.
2094 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2095 configure it in your target config file.
2096
2097 @example
2098 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2099 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2100 @end example
2101
2102 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2103
2104 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2105
2106 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2107 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2108 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2109 the TARGET (chip) file.
2110
2111 Examples:
2112 @itemize @bullet
2113 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2114 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2115 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2116 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2117 @end itemize
2118
2119 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2120 @section Translating Configuration Files
2121 @cindex translation
2122 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2123 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2124 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2125 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2126 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2127 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2128
2129 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2130 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2131 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2132 convert other scripts later on.
2133
2134 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2135 replace job:
2136
2137 @example
2138 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2139 #
2140 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2141 #
2142 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2143 #
2144 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2145
2146 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2147 global TARGETNAME
2148
2149 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2150
2151 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2152 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2153 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2154 @}
2155 @end example
2156
2157
2158
2159 @node Daemon Configuration
2160 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2161 @cindex initialization
2162 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2163 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2164 supported.
2165
2166 @anchor{configurationstage}
2167 @section Configuration Stage
2168 @cindex configuration stage
2169 @cindex config command
2170
2171 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2172 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2173 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2174 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2175 inside startup scripts.
2176
2177 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2178 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2179 which may be issued interactively.
2180 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2181 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2182
2183 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2184 flash banks,
2185 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2186 and other basic setup.
2187 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2188 may access or activate TAPs.
2189 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2190 longer be issued.
2191
2192 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2193 @section Entering the Run Stage
2194
2195 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2196 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2197 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2198 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2199 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2200 You should see no errors at this point.
2201 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2202 commands you used to configure the server.
2203 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2204 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2205 on the scan chain.
2206
2207 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2208 become available.
2209 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2210 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2211 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2212 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2213 entry to the run stage.
2214
2215 @deffn {Config Command} init
2216 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2217 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2218 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2219 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2220 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2221 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2222
2223 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2224 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2225 configuration files and/or command line options.
2226
2227 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2228 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2229 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2230 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2231 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2232 @end deffn
2233
2234 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2235 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2236 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2237
2238 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2239 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2240 scan chain.
2241 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2242 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2243
2244 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2245 they return.
2246 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2247 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2248 @end deffn
2249
2250 @anchor{tcpipports}
2251 @section TCP/IP Ports
2252 @cindex TCP port
2253 @cindex server
2254 @cindex port
2255 @cindex security
2256 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2257 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2258 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2259
2260 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2261 access using one or more of these ports.
2262 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2263 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2264 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2265
2266 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2267 @cindex GDB server
2268 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2269 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2270 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2271 the normal use cases.
2272
2273 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2274 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2275 disables the gdb server.
2276
2277 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2278 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2279
2280 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2281 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2282
2283 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2284 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2285 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2286
2287 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2288 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2289 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2290 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2291 @end deffn
2292
2293 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2294 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2295 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2296 output from the Tcl engine.
2297 Intended as a machine interface.
2298 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2299 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2300
2301 @end deffn
2302
2303 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2304 Specify or query the
2305 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2306 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2307 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2308 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2309 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2310 @end deffn
2311
2312 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2313 @section GDB Configuration
2314 @cindex GDB
2315 @cindex GDB configuration
2316 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2317 The ones listed here are static and global.
2318 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2319 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2320
2321 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2322 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2323 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2324 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2325 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2326 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2327 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2328 @end deffn
2329
2330 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2331 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2332 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2333 vFlash packet is received.
2334 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2335 @end deffn
2336
2337 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2338 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2339 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2340 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2341 for flash programming to work.
2342 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2343 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2344 @end deffn
2345
2346 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2347 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2348 by GDB memory read packets.
2349 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2350 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2351 @end deffn
2352
2353 @anchor{eventpolling}
2354 @section Event Polling
2355
2356 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2357 where significant events can happen at any time.
2358 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2359 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2360 or to GDB.
2361
2362 Examples of such events include:
2363
2364 @itemize
2365 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2366 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2367 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2368 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2369 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2370 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2371 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2372 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2373 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2374 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2375 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2376 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2377 @end itemize
2378
2379 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2380 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2381 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2382 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2383 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2384
2385 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2386 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2387 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2388 to the various active targets.
2389 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2390 which is normally done in the background.
2391
2392 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2393 Poll the current target for its current state.
2394 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2395 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2396 specific information about the current state is printed.
2397 An optional parameter
2398 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2399
2400 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2401 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2402 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2403 @example
2404 > poll
2405 background polling: on
2406 target state: halted
2407 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2408 current mode: Supervisor
2409 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2410 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2411 >
2412 @end example
2413 @end deffn
2414
2415 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2416 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2417 @cindex config file, interface
2418 @cindex interface config file
2419
2420 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2421 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2422 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2423
2424 @quotation Note
2425 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2426 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2427 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2428 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2429 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2430 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2431 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2432 @end quotation
2433
2434 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2435 through commands in an interface configuration
2436 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2437 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2438
2439 @example
2440 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2441 @end example
2442
2443 These commands tell
2444 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2445 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2446
2447 @example
2448 # jlink interface
2449 interface jlink
2450 @end example
2451
2452 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2453
2454
2455 @section Interface Configuration
2456
2457 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2458 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2459 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2460
2461 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2462 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2463 target.
2464 @end deffn
2465
2466 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2467 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2468 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2469 @end deffn
2470 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2471 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2472 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2473 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2474 the hardware can support.
2475 @end deffn
2476
2477
2478
2479 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2480 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2481 @end deffn
2482
2483 @section Interface Drivers
2484
2485 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2486 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2487 available at run time.
2488
2489 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2490 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2491 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2492 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2493
2494 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2495 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2496 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2497 @end deffn
2498
2499 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2500 Displays status of RTCK option.
2501 Optionally sets that option first.
2502 @end deffn
2503 @end deffn
2504
2505 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2506 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2507 This has one driver-specific command:
2508
2509 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2510 Logs some status
2511 @end deffn
2512 @end deffn
2513
2514 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2515 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2516 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2517 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2518 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2519 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2520 @end deffn
2521
2522 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2523 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2524 @end deffn
2525
2526 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2527 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2528 @end deffn
2529
2530 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2531 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2532
2533 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2534 recommended as its replacement.
2535
2536 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2537 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2538
2539 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2540 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2541 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2542 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2543 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2544 @end deffn
2545
2546 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2547 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2548 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2549 is connected to the host.
2550 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2551 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2552 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2553 @end deffn
2554
2555 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2556 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2557 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2558 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2559 @itemize @minus
2560 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2561 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2562 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2563 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2564 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2565 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2566 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2567 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2568 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2569 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2570 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2571 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2572 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2573 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2574 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2575 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2576 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2577 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2578 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2579 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2580 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2581 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2582 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2583 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2584 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2585 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2586 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2587 @end itemize
2588 @end deffn
2589
2590 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2591 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2592 default values are used.
2593 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2594 @example
2595 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2596 @end example
2597 @end deffn
2598
2599 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2600 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2601 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2602 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2603 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2604 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2605 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2606 @end deffn
2607
2608 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2609 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2610 The default value is 1.
2611 @end deffn
2612
2613 For example, the interface config file for a
2614 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2615
2616 @example
2617 interface ft2232
2618 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2619 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2620 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2621 @end example
2622 @end deffn
2623
2624 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2625 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2626 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2627 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2628 interface driver.
2629
2630 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2631 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2632 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2633
2634 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2635 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2636 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2637
2638 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2639 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2640 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2641 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2642 will be used for their customary purpose.
2643
2644 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2645 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2646 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2647 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2648
2649 @itemize @minus
2650 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2651 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2652 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2653 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2654 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2655 switching data and direction as necessary
2656 @end itemize
2657
2658 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2659 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2660
2661 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2662 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2663 default values are used.
2664 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2665 @example
2666 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2667 @end example
2668 @end deffn
2669
2670 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2671 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2672 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2673 during device selection.
2674 @end deffn
2675
2676 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2677 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2678 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2679 is connected to the host.
2680 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2681 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2682 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2683 @end deffn
2684
2685 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2686 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2687 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2688 @end deffn
2689
2690 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2691 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2692 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2693 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2694 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2695 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2696 and initially asserted reset signals.
2697 @end deffn
2698
2699 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2700 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2701 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2702 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2703 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2704 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2705 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2706 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2707 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2708
2709 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2710 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2711 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2712 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2713 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2714 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2715
2716 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2717 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2718 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2719 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2720 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2721 are always driven by the FTDI.
2722 @end deffn
2723
2724 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2725 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2726 @itemize @minus
2727 @item @option{0}, drive low
2728 @item @option{1}, drive high
2729 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2730 @end itemize
2731 @end deffn
2732
2733 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2734 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2735 @end deffn
2736
2737 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2738 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2739 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2740 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2741
2742 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2743 processors which are being simulated.
2744
2745 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2746 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2747 sockets instead of TCP.
2748 @end deffn
2749
2750 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2751 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2752 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2753 @end deffn
2754
2755 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2756 something like:
2757
2758 @example
2759 interface remote_bitbang
2760 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2761 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2762 @end example
2763
2764 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2765 named mysocket:
2766
2767 @example
2768 interface remote_bitbang
2769 remote_bitbang_port 0
2770 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2771 @end example
2772 @end deffn
2773
2774 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2775 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2776 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2777 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2778
2779 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2780 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2781 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2782 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2783 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2784 @end deffn
2785
2786 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2787 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2788 default values are used.
2789 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2790 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2791 @example
2792 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2793 @end example
2794 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2795 @example
2796 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2797 @end example
2798 @end deffn
2799
2800 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2801 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2802 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2803 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2804
2805 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2806 @example
2807 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2808 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2809 @end example
2810 @end deffn
2811
2812 @end deffn
2813
2814 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2815 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2816 This has one driver-specific command:
2817
2818 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2819 Display either the address of the I/O port
2820 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2821 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2822 This is a write-once setting.
2823 @end deffn
2824 @end deffn
2825
2826 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2827 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2828
2829 @quotation Compatibility Note
2830 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2831 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2832 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2833 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2834 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2835 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2836 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2837 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2838 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2839 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2840 @end quotation
2841
2842 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2843 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2844 @end deffn
2845 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2846 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2847 @end deffn
2848 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2849 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2850 @end deffn
2851 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2852 Display the J-Link configuration.
2853 @end deffn
2854 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2855 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2856 @end deffn
2857 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2858 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2859 @end deffn
2860 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2861 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2862 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2863 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2864 @end deffn
2865 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2866 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2867 @end deffn
2868 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2869 Reset the current configuration.
2870 @end deffn
2871 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2872 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2873 @end deffn
2874 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2875 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2876 @end deffn
2877 @end deffn
2878
2879 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2880 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2881 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2882 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2883 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2884
2885 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2886 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2887 This is a write-once setting.
2888 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2889
2890 @itemize @minus
2891 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2892 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2893 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2894 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2895 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2896 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2897 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2898 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2899 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2900 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2901 some versions of
2902 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2903 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2904 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2905 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2906 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2907 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2908 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2909 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2910 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2911 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2912 @end itemize
2913 @end deffn
2914
2915 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2916 Display either the address of the I/O port
2917 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2918 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2919 This is a write-once setting.
2920
2921 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2922 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2923 you may encounter a problem.
2924 @end deffn
2925
2926 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2927 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2928 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2929 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2930 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2931 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2932
2933 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2934 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2935 @quotation Tip
2936 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2937 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2938 @example
2939 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2940 > adapter_khz 500
2941 @end example
2942 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2943 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2944 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2945 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2946 large set of samples.
2947 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2948 @example
2949 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2950 @end example
2951 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2952 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2953
2954 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2955 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2956 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2957 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2958 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2959 @end quotation
2960 @end deffn
2961
2962 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2963 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2964 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2965 @end deffn
2966
2967 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2968 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2969
2970 @example
2971 interface parport
2972 parport_port 0x278
2973 parport_cable wiggler
2974 @end example
2975 @end deffn
2976
2977 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2978 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2979 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2980 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2981 @end deffn
2982 @end deffn
2983
2984 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2985 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2986 @end deffn
2987
2988 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2989 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2990 @end deffn
2991
2992 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2993 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2994
2995 @quotation Note
2996 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2997 which are not currently documented here.
2998 @end quotation
2999 @end deffn
3000
3001 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3002 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3003 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3004 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3005
3006 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3007
3008 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3009 Currently Not Supported.
3010 @end deffn
3011
3012 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3013 Currently Not Supported.
3014 @end deffn
3015
3016 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3017 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3018 @end deffn
3019
3020 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3021 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3022 @end deffn
3023
3024 @deffn {Config Command} {stlink_api} api_level
3025 Manually sets the stlink api used, valid options are 1 or 2. (@b{STLINK Only}).
3026 @end deffn
3027 @end deffn
3028
3029 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3030 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3031 @end deffn
3032
3033 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3034 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3035 @end deffn
3036
3037 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3038 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3039 @end deffn
3040
3041 @quotation Note
3042 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3043 which are not currently documented here.
3044 @end quotation
3045
3046 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3047 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3048 No arguments: print status.
3049 @end deffn
3050
3051 @section Transport Configuration
3052 @cindex Transport
3053 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3054 and the debug adapter you are using,
3055 several transports may be available to
3056 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3057 @deffn Command {transport list}
3058 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3059 version of OpenOCD.
3060 @end deffn
3061
3062 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3063 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3064 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3065 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3066 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3067 @end deffn
3068
3069 @subsection JTAG Transport
3070 @cindex JTAG
3071 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3072 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3073 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3074 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3075 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3076 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3077 @subsection SWD Transport
3078 @cindex SWD
3079 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3080 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3081 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3082 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3083 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3084 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3085 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3086 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3087 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3088 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3089 expected to change.
3090 @end deffn
3091 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3092 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3093 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3094 No parameters: displays current settings.
3095 @end deffn
3096
3097 @subsection SPI Transport
3098 @cindex SPI
3099 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3100 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3101 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3102 solution for flash programming.
3103
3104 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3105 @section JTAG Speed
3106 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3107 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3108 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3109 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3110 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3111 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3112 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3113 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3114 power management software that may be active.
3115
3116 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3117 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3118 target event handler.
3119 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3120 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3121 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3122 sets up those clocks).
3123 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3124 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3125 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3126 in the target config file.
3127 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3128 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3129 config file instead.
3130 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3131 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3132 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3133
3134 @example
3135 jtag_rclk 3000
3136 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3137 @end example
3138
3139 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3140 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3141 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3142 may not be the fastest solution.
3143
3144 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3145 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3146 which support adaptive clocking.
3147
3148 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3149 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3150 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3151 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3152 than the speed specified.
3153
3154 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3155 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3156 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3157 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3158
3159 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3160 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3161 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3162 JTAG clocking after setup.
3163 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3164 If the interface device can not
3165 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3166 @end deffn
3167
3168 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3169 @cindex adaptive clocking
3170 @cindex RTCK
3171 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3172 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3173 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3174 @example
3175 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3176 jtag_rclk 3000
3177 @end example
3178 @end defun
3179
3180 @node Reset Configuration
3181 @chapter Reset Configuration
3182 @cindex Reset Configuration
3183
3184 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3185 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3186 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3187 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3188 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3189 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3190 Please see the various board files for examples.
3191
3192 @quotation Note
3193 To maintainers and integrators:
3194 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3195 Normally the board configuration file
3196 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3197 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3198
3199 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3200 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3201 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3202 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3203 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3204 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3205 @end quotation
3206
3207 @section Types of Reset
3208
3209 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3210 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3211 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3212
3213 @itemize @bullet
3214 @item
3215 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3216 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3217 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3218 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3219 @item
3220 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3221 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3222 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3223 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3224 @item
3225 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3226 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3227 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3228 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3229 @item
3230 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3231 several other types of reset.
3232 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3233 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3234 There may be individual module resets.
3235 @end itemize
3236
3237 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3238 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3239 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3240 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3241 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3242 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3243 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3244 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3245 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3246
3247 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3248 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3249
3250 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3251 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3252 common issues are:
3253
3254 @itemize @bullet
3255
3256 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3257 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3258 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3259 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3260 when either of those signals is not connected.
3261 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3262 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3263 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3264 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3265
3266 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3267 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3268 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3269 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3270
3271 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3272 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3273 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3274 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3275 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3276 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3277 hardware debouncing.
3278 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3279 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3280
3281 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3282 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3283 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3284 to use push/pull output drivers.
3285 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3286 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3287 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3288 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3289
3290 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3291 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3292 issues (not limited to errata).
3293 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3294 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3295 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3296 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3297 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3298 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3299 @end itemize
3300
3301 There can also be other issues.
3302 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3303 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3304 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3305 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3306 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3307 Agreement (NDA).
3308
3309 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3310 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3311 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3312
3313 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3314 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3315
3316 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3317
3318 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3319 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3320 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3321 allowing it to be deasserted.
3322 @end deffn
3323
3324 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3325 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3326 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3327 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3328 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3329 @end deffn
3330
3331 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3332 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3333 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3334 allowing it to be deasserted.
3335 @end deffn
3336
3337 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3338 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3339 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3340 @end deffn
3341
3342 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3343 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3344 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3345 configuration scripts.
3346
3347 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3348 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3349 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3350 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3351 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3352 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3353 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3354 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3355
3356 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3357 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3358 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3359 -- may be specified at a time.
3360 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3361 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3362 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3363 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3364 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3365
3366 @itemize
3367 @item
3368 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3369 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3370 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3371 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3372 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3373
3374 @quotation Tip
3375 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3376 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3377 @end quotation
3378
3379 @item
3380 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3381 signal implementations.
3382 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3383 indicating everything behaves normally.
3384 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3385 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3386 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3387 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3388 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3389 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3390 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3391
3392 @item
3393 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3394 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3395 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3396 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3397 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3398 while SRST is asserted.
3399 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3400 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3401
3402 @item
3403 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3404 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3405 is required to use this option.
3406 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3407 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3408 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3409 be asserted before any target connection.
3410 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3411 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3412 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3413 @end itemize
3414
3415 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3416 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3417 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3418 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3419 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3420
3421 @itemize
3422 @item
3423 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3424 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3425 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3426 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3427
3428 @item
3429 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3430 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3431 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3432 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3433 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3434 @end itemize
3435 @end deffn
3436
3437 @section Custom Reset Handling
3438 @cindex events
3439
3440 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3441 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3442 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3443 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3444 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3445 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3446
3447 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3448 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3449 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3450 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3451 want to reset everything at once.
3452
3453 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3454 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3455 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3456 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3457 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3458 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3459 needs special attention.
3460
3461 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3462 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3463 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3464 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3465 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3466 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3467 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3468 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3469
3470 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3471 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3472 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3473 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3474 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3475
3476 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3477 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3478 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3479 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3480 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3481 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3482 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3483 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3484 or potentially some other value.
3485
3486 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3487 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3488 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3489 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3490 (or their associated targets)
3491 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3492
3493 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3494 they return.
3495 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3496 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3497 @end deffn
3498
3499 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3500 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3501 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3502 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3503 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3504 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3505 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3506 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3507 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3508 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3509 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3510 @end deffn
3511
3512 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3513 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3514 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3515 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3516 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3517 @end deffn
3518
3519
3520 @node TAP Declaration
3521 @chapter TAP Declaration
3522 @cindex TAP declaration
3523 @cindex TAP configuration
3524
3525 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3526 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3527
3528 @itemize @bullet
3529 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3530 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3531 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3532 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3533 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3534 start running that code.
3535 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3536 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3537 and missing connections
3538 @end itemize
3539
3540 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3541 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3542 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3543 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3544 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3545
3546 @section Scan Chains
3547 @cindex scan chain
3548
3549 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3550 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3551 They also need to be added to
3552 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3553 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3554 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3555 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3556 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3557 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3558 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3559 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3560
3561 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3562 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3563 command, presented in the next chapter.
3564 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3565 debugging targets.)
3566 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3567
3568 @verbatim
3569 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3570 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3571 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3572 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3573 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3574 @end verbatim
3575
3576 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3577 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3578 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3579 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3580 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3581 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3582 until they are told to do so.
3583
3584 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3585 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3586 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3587 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3588
3589 @example
3590 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3591 @end example
3592
3593 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3594 by a given chip.
3595 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3596 and so forth.
3597 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3598 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3599 a single chip and between them.
3600 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3601
3602 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3603 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3604 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3605 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3606 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3607 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3608 includes commands something like this:
3609
3610 @example
3611 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3612 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3613 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3614 @end example
3615
3616 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3617 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3618 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3619
3620 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3621 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3622 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3623 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3624 @example
3625 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3626 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3627 @}
3628 @end example
3629 @end deffn
3630
3631 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3632 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3633 and their status.
3634 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3635 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3636 but systems with a JTAG router can
3637 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3638 @end deffn
3639
3640 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3641 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3642
3643 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3644 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3645
3646 @section TAP Names
3647 @cindex dotted name
3648
3649 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3650 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3651 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3652 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3653 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3654 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3655 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3656 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3657
3658 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3659 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3660 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3661
3662 @quotation Tip
3663 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3664 This feature is still present.
3665 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3666 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3667 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3668 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3669 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3670 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3671 @end quotation
3672
3673 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3674
3675 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3676 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3677 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3678 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3679
3680 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3681 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3682 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3683 overridable.
3684
3685 @cindex TAP naming convention
3686 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3687 and should follow this convention:
3688
3689 @itemize @bullet
3690 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3691 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3692 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3693 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3694 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3695 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3696 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3697 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3698 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3699 with a single TAP;
3700 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3701 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3702 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3703 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3704 @end itemize
3705
3706 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3707
3708 @itemize @bullet
3709 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3710 @*The length in bits of the
3711 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3712 @end itemize
3713
3714 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3715
3716 @itemize @bullet
3717 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3718 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3719 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3720 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3721 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3722 (the TAP is linked in).
3723 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3724 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3725 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3726 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3727 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3728 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3729 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3730 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3731 values that were found but not included in the list.
3732
3733 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3734 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3735 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3736 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3737 hardware to find these values.
3738 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3739 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3740 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3741 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3742 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3743 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3744 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3745 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3746 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3747 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3748 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3749 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3750 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3751 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3752 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3753 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3754 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3755 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3756 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3757 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3758 @end itemize
3759 @end deffn
3760
3761 @section Other TAP commands
3762
3763 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3764 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3765 At this writing this TAP attribute
3766 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3767 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3768 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3769 See the next section for information about the available events.
3770
3771 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3772 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3773 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3774 @end deffn
3775
3776 @section TAP Events
3777 @cindex events
3778 @cindex TAP events
3779
3780 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3781 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3782 The other applies to debugger targets,
3783 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3784
3785 The TAP events currently defined are:
3786
3787 @itemize @bullet
3788 @item @b{post-reset}
3789 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3790 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3791 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3792 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3793 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3794
3795 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3796 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3797 of any particular target.
3798 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3799 @item @b{setup}
3800 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3801 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3802 @item @b{tap-disable}
3803 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3804 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3805 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3806 @item @b{tap-enable}
3807 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3808 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3809 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3810 @end itemize
3811
3812 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3813 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3814 contents to be accurate), you might:
3815
3816 @example
3817 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3818 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3819 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3820 @}
3821 @end example
3822
3823
3824 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3825 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3826 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3827 @cindex jrc
3828
3829 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3830 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3831 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3832 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3833 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3834
3835 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3836 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3837 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3838 be visible.
3839 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3840 ignores, such as:
3841
3842 @itemize
3843 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3844 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3845 TAPs receive new instructions.
3846 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3847 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3848 @end itemize
3849
3850 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3851 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3852 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3853 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3854
3855 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3856 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3857
3858 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3859 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3860 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3861 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3862 should define TAP event handlers using
3863 code that looks something like this:
3864
3865 @example
3866 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3867 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3868 @}
3869 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3870 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3871 @}
3872 @end example
3873
3874 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3875
3876 @example
3877 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3878 @end example
3879
3880 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3881 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3882 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3883 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3884
3885 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3886 If necessary, disables the tap
3887 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3888 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3889 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3890 and "0" if it is disabled.
3891 @end deffn
3892
3893 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3894 If necessary, enables the tap
3895 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3896 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3897 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3898 and "0" if it is disabled.
3899 @end deffn
3900
3901 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3902 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3903 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3904 and "0" if it is disabled.
3905
3906 @quotation Note
3907 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3908 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3909 @end quotation
3910 @end deffn
3911
3912 @anchor{autoprobing}
3913 @section Autoprobing
3914 @cindex autoprobe
3915 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3916
3917 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3918 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3919 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3920 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3921
3922 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3923 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3924 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3925 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3926 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3927 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3928 right when they come out of reset).
3929
3930 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3931
3932 @example
3933 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3934 reset_config trst_and_srst
3935 jtag_rclk 8
3936 @end example
3937
3938 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3939 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3940
3941 @enumerate
3942 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3943 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3944 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3945 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3946 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3947 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3948 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3949 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3950 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3951 that is discovered.
3952 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3953 register, it will report it.
3954 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3955 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3956 @end enumerate
3957
3958 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3959 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3960 that's a bit more complex:
3961
3962 @example
3963 clock speed 8 kHz
3964 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3965 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3966 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3967 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3968 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3969 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3970 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3971 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3972 @end example
3973
3974 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3975 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3976 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3977 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3978 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3979 and so forth.
3980
3981 @node CPU Configuration
3982 @chapter CPU Configuration
3983 @cindex GDB target
3984
3985 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3986 You can also access these targets without GDB
3987 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3988 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
3989 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3990 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3991
3992 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3993 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3994
3995 @section Target List
3996 @cindex target, current
3997 @cindex target, list
3998
3999 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4000 where each member has a name.
4001 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4002 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4003 (plural!) command.
4004 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4005 look like with more than one:
4006 @verbatim
4007 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4008 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4009 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4010 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4011 @end verbatim
4012
4013 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4014 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4015 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4016 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4017 space seen by that current target.
4018 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4019 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4020 are examples; and there are many more.
4021
4022 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4023
4024 @deffn Command {target count}
4025 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4026 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
4027 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
4028
4029 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
4030 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
4031 @example
4032 set c [target count]
4033 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
4034 # Assuming you have created this function
4035 print_target_details $x
4036 @}
4037 @end example
4038 @end deffn
4039
4040 @deffn Command {target current}
4041 Returns the name of the current target.
4042 @end deffn
4043
4044 @deffn Command {target names}
4045 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4046 @example
4047 foreach t [target names] @{
4048 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4049 @}
4050 @end example
4051 @end deffn
4052
4053 @deffn Command {target number} number
4054 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4055 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4056
4057 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4058 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4059 @example
4060 set thename [target number $x]
4061 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4062 @end example
4063 @end deffn
4064
4065 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4066 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4067
4068 @deffn Command targets [name]
4069 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4070 command names are singular.}
4071
4072 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4073 targets in a user friendly form.
4074
4075 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4076 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4077 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4078 @end deffn
4079
4080 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4081 @cindex target type
4082 @cindex CPU type
4083 @cindex CPU variant
4084
4085 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4086 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4087 when calling @command{target create}.
4088 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4089 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4090 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4091 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4092 what core-specific commands may be available
4093 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4094 and more.
4095
4096 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4097 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4098 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4099 worked around in some chip versions.
4100
4101 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4102 since there's a command to list them.
4103 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4104 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4105
4106 @anchor{targettypes}
4107 @deffn Command {target types}
4108 Lists all supported target types.
4109 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4110
4111 @itemize @bullet
4112 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4113 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4114 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4115 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4116 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4117 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4118 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4119 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4120 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4121 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4122 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4123 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4124 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4125 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4126 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4127 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4128 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4129 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4130 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4131 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4132 There are several variants defined:
4133 @itemize @minus
4134 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4135 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4136 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4137 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4138 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4139 @end itemize
4140 @end itemize
4141 @end deffn
4142
4143 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4144 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4145 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4146 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4147 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4148 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4149 reflect design generations;
4150 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4151 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4152
4153 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4154 @section Target Configuration
4155
4156 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4157 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4158 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4159 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4160 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4161
4162 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4163 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4164 optional parts.
4165 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4166 command, created as part of target creation.
4167
4168 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4169 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4170 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4171 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4172 to be much more board-specific.
4173 The key steps you use might look something like this
4174
4175 @example
4176 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4177 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4178 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4179 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4180 @end example
4181
4182 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4183 on-chip SRAM.
4184 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4185 writes to target memory;
4186 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4187 GDB memory checksumming;
4188 and more.
4189
4190 @quotation Warning
4191 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4192 inaccessible when application code
4193 (such as an operating system)
4194 enables or disables the MMU.
4195 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4196 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4197 easy access to other addresses needed.
4198 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4199 @end quotation
4200
4201 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4202 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4203 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4204 controllers.
4205 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4206 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4207 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4208
4209 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4210 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4211 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4212 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4213 purposes including additional configuration.
4214
4215 @itemize @bullet
4216 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4217 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4218 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4219 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4220
4221 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4222 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4223 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4224 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4225 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4226 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4227 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4228 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4229
4230 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4231 @end itemize
4232 @end deffn
4233
4234 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4235 The options accepted by this command may also be
4236 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4237 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4238 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4239
4240 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4241 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4242 and changing its endianness or variant.
4243
4244 @itemize @bullet
4245
4246 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4247 used to access this target.
4248
4249 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4250 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4251
4252 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4253 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4254 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4255 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4256 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4257 same event name assigns only one handler.
4258
4259 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4260 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4261
4262 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4263 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4264 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4265 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4266 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4267 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4268 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4269
4270 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4271 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4272 or virtual address is being used.
4273
4274 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4275 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4276
4277 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4278 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4279 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4280 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4281 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4282
4283 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4284 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4285 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}.
4286
4287 @end itemize
4288 @end deffn
4289
4290 @section Other $target_name Commands
4291 @cindex object command
4292
4293 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4294 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4295
4296 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4297 Once a button is created a button
4298 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4299 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4300 configure it like this:
4301
4302 @example
4303 # Create
4304 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4305 # Modify
4306 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4307 # Query
4308 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4309 # Report
4310 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4311 @end example
4312
4313 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4314 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4315
4316 @example
4317 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4318 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4319 @end example
4320
4321 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4322
4323 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4324 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4325 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4326 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4327 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4328 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4329 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4330 They are not otherwise documented here.
4331 @end deffn
4332
4333 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4334 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4335 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4336 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4337 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4338 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4339 the target side uses raw memory.
4340
4341 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4342 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4343 The script orientation comes from working with data
4344 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4345 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4346 and neither store nor return those values.
4347
4348 @itemize
4349 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4350 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4351 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4352 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4353 @end itemize
4354 @end deffn
4355
4356 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4357 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4358 @command{$target_name configure}
4359 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4360 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4361 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4362 There are a few special cases:
4363
4364 @itemize @bullet
4365 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4366 event named @var{event_name}.
4367 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4368 two parameters.
4369 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4370 This is a special case because this is set using
4371 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4372 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4373 @end itemize
4374
4375 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4376 all the targets you might use something like this:
4377
4378 @example
4379 foreach name [target names] @{
4380 set y [$name cget -endian]
4381 set z [$name cget -type]
4382 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4383 $x $name $y $z]
4384 @}
4385 @end example
4386 @end deffn
4387
4388 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4389 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4390 Displays the current target state:
4391 @code{debug-running},
4392 @code{halted},
4393 @code{reset},
4394 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4395 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4396 @end deffn
4397
4398 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4399 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4400 currently associated with this target.
4401 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4402 @end deffn
4403
4404 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4405 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4406 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4407 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4408 @end deffn
4409
4410 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4411 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4412 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4413 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4414 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4415 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4416 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4417 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4418 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4419 @end deffn
4420
4421 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4422 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4423 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4424 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4425 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4426 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4427 @end deffn
4428
4429 @anchor{targetevents}
4430 @section Target Events
4431 @cindex target events
4432 @cindex events
4433 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4434 For example:
4435 @itemize @bullet
4436 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4437 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4438 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4439 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4440 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4441 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4442 to set up system clocks or
4443 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4444 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4445 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4446 @end itemize
4447
4448 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4449 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4450 @command{target create ... -event}.
4451
4452 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4453 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4454 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4455
4456 @example
4457 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4458 echo "Reset..."
4459 reset halt
4460 @}
4461 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4462 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4463 echo "Reset..."
4464 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4465 reset init
4466 @}
4467 @end example
4468
4469 The following target events are defined:
4470
4471 @itemize @bullet
4472 @item @b{debug-halted}
4473 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4474 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4475 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4476 @item @b{early-halted}
4477 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4478 @item @b{examine-start}
4479 @* Before target examine is called.
4480 @item @b{examine-end}
4481 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4482 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4483 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4484 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4485 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4486 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4487 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4488 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4489 @* When GDB disconnects
4490 @item @b{gdb-end}
4491 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4492 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4493 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4494 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4495 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4496 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4497 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4498 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4499 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4500 @item @b{gdb-start}
4501 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4502 @item @b{halted}
4503 @* The target has halted
4504 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4505 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4506 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4507 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4508 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4509 @item @b{reset-assert}
4510 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4511 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4512 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4513 it instead of asserting SRST.
4514 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4515 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4516 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4517 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4518 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4519 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4520 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4521 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4522 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4523 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4524 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4525 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4526 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4527 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4528 released on the scan chain.
4529 @item @b{reset-end}
4530 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4531 @ignore
4532 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4533 @* Currently not used
4534 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4535 @* Currently not used
4536 @end ignore
4537 @item @b{reset-init}
4538 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4539 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4540
4541 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4542 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4543 multiplexing, and so on.
4544 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4545 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4546 @item @b{reset-start}
4547 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4548 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4549
4550 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4551 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4552 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4553 @ignore
4554 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4555 @* Currently not used
4556 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4557 @* Currently not used
4558 @end ignore
4559 @item @b{resume-start}
4560 @* Before any target is resumed
4561 @item @b{resume-end}
4562 @* After all targets have resumed
4563 @item @b{resumed}
4564 @* Target has resumed
4565 @end itemize
4566
4567 @node Flash Commands
4568 @chapter Flash Commands
4569
4570 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4571 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4572 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4573 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4574 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4575 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4576 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4577 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4578 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4579
4580 Flash Steps:
4581 @enumerate
4582 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4583 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4584 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4585 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4586 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4587 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4588 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4589 @item GDB Flashing
4590 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4591 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4592 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4593 @end enumerate
4594
4595 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4596 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4597 so that it can't boot.
4598 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4599 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4600
4601 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4602 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4603 @cindex flash configuration
4604
4605 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4606 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4607 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4608 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4609 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4610 see the driver-specific documentation.
4611
4612 @itemize @bullet
4613 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4614 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4615 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4616 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4617 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4618 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4619 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4620 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4621 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4622 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4623 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4624 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4625 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4626 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4627 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4628 commands to the flash controller.
4629 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4630 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4631 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4632 for more information.
4633 @end itemize
4634 @quotation Note
4635 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4636 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4637 @end quotation
4638 @end deffn
4639
4640 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4641 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4642 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4643 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4644 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4645 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4646 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4647 @end deffn
4648
4649 @deffn Command {flash list}
4650 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4651 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4652 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4653 @end deffn
4654
4655 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4656 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4657 depends on the flash type.
4658 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4659 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4660 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4661 but most don't bother.
4662 @end deffn
4663
4664 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4665 @cindex flash erasing
4666 @cindex flash reading
4667 @cindex flash writing
4668 @cindex flash programming
4669 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4670
4671 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4672 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4673 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4674 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4675 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4676
4677 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4678 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4679 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4680 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4681 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4682
4683 @quotation Note
4684 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4685 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4686 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4687 back to a flash bank.
4688 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4689 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4690 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4691 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4692 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4693 @end quotation
4694
4695 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4696 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4697 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4698 disabled first.
4699 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4700 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4701 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4702
4703 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4704 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4705 up to and including @var{last}.
4706 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4707 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4708 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4709 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4710 @end deffn
4711
4712 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4713 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4714 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4715 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4716 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4717 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4718 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4719 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4720 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4721 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4722 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4723 before erase starts.
4724 @end deffn
4725
4726 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4727 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4728 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4729 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4730 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4731 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4732 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4733 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4734 before issuing this command.
4735 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4736 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4737 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4738 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4739 @end deffn
4740 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4741
4742 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4743 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4744 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4745 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4746 @end deffn
4747
4748 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4749 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4750 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4751 to the base address for each section in the image.
4752 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4753 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4754 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4755 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4756 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4757 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4758 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4759 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4760 each image section.
4761
4762 @quotation Warning
4763 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4764 data you want to preserve.
4765 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4766 sections might be erased with no notice.
4767 @itemize
4768 @item
4769 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4770 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4771 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4772 @item
4773 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4774 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4775 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4776 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4777 @end itemize
4778 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4779 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4780 @end quotation
4781
4782 @end deffn
4783
4784 @section Other Flash commands
4785 @cindex flash protection
4786
4787 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4788 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4789 and display that status.
4790 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4791 @end deffn
4792
4793 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4794 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4795 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4796 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4797 and possibly stale information.
4798 @end deffn
4799
4800 @anchor{flashprotect}
4801 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4802 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4803 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4804 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4805 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4806 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4807 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4808 @end deffn
4809
4810 @anchor{program}
4811 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4812 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4813 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4814 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4815 @end deffn
4816
4817 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4818 @section Flash Driver List
4819 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4820 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4821 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4822
4823 @subsection External Flash
4824
4825 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4826 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4827 @cindex CFI
4828 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4829 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4830 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4831 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4832 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4833 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4834 configure a bus and its timings), or
4835 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4836 on the flash chip.
4837 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4838 speed up operation.
4839
4840 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4841
4842 @itemize
4843 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4844 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4845 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4846 @end itemize
4847
4848 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4849 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4850
4851 @example
4852 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4853 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4854 @end example
4855
4856 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4857 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4858 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4859
4860 @example
4861 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4862 @end example
4863
4864 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4865 @end deffn
4866
4867 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4868 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4869 @cindex SPIFI
4870 @cindex lpcspifi
4871 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4872 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4873 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4874
4875 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4876 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4877 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4878 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4879 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4880
4881 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4882 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4883 are configured by the driver.
4884
4885 @example
4886 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4887 @end example
4888
4889 @end deffn
4890
4891 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4892 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4893 @cindex SMI
4894 @cindex stmsmi
4895 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4896 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4897 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4898 SPI flash devices.
4899 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4900 flash devices can be connected.
4901
4902 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4903 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4904 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4905 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4906 the flash content.
4907
4908 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4909 to identify the memory bank.
4910 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4911 flash size, are detected automatically.
4912
4913 @example
4914 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4915 @end example
4916
4917 @end deffn
4918
4919 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4920
4921 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4922 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4923 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4924 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4925 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4926 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4927
4928 @example
4929 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4930 @end example
4931 @end deffn
4932
4933 @anchor{at91sam3}
4934 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4935 @cindex at91sam3
4936 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4937 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4938 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4939 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4940 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4941 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4942 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4943 chips are confirmed.}
4944
4945 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4946 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4947 the following fixed locations:
4948
4949 @example
4950 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4951 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4952 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4953 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4954 @end example
4955
4956 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4957 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4958 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4959
4960 @itemize
4961 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4962 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4963 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4964 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4965 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4966 @end itemize
4967
4968 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4969
4970 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4971 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4972 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4973 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4974 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4975 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4976 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4977
4978 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4979 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4980 @end deffn
4981
4982 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4983 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4984 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4985 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4986 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4987 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4988 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4989 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4990 @end deffn
4991
4992 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4993 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4994 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4995 @end deffn
4996 @end deffn
4997
4998 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
4999 @cindex at91sam4
5000 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5001 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5002 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5003 @end deffn
5004
5005 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5006 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5007 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5008 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5009 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5010
5011 @example
5012 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5013 @end example
5014
5015 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5016 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5017
5018 @itemize
5019 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5020 @item @var{banks}
5021 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5022 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5023 @item @var{pages_size}
5024 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5025 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5026 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5027 @end itemize
5028
5029 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5030 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5031 will be autoconfigured.
5032 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5033
5034 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5035 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5036 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5037 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5038 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5039
5040 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5041 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5042 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5043 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5044 are not truly general purpose).
5045 @quotation Note
5046 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5047 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5048 @end quotation
5049 @end deffn
5050 @end deffn
5051
5052 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5053 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5054 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5055 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5056 @end deffn
5057
5058 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5059 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5060 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5061 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5062 autoconfigures itself.
5063 @example
5064 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5065 @end example
5066 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5067 supported.}
5068 @end deffn
5069
5070 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5071 Most members of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller
5072 families from NXP include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700, LPC1800),
5073 Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5074
5075 @quotation Note
5076 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5077 driver:
5078 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5079 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5080 @end quotation
5081
5082 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5083 which must appear in the following order:
5084
5085 @itemize
5086 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5087 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5088 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5089 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5090 or @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5091 LPC43x[2357])
5092 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5093 at which the core is running
5094 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5095 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5096 @quotation Note
5097 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5098 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5099 However, if you do provide it,
5100 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5101 @end quotation
5102 @end itemize
5103
5104 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5105
5106 @example
5107 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5108 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5109 @end example
5110
5111 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5112 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5113 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5114 @end deffn
5115 @end deffn
5116
5117 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5118 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5119 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5120 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5121 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5122 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5123
5124 @example
5125 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5126 @end example
5127 @end deffn
5128
5129 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5130 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5131 from NXP.
5132
5133 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5134 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5135 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5136 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5137 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5138 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5139 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5140 you start the PLL.
5141
5142 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5143
5144 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5145 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5146 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5147
5148 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5149 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5150 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5151 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5152 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5153 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5154 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5155
5156 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5157 @example
5158 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5159 @end example
5160
5161 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5162 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5163 @code{flash banks} command.
5164
5165 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5166 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5167 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5168 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5169 a known signature.
5170 Example:
5171 @example
5172 lpc2900 signature 0
5173 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5174 @end example
5175 @end deffn
5176
5177 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5178 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5179 saves it to a file in binary format.
5180 Example:
5181 @example
5182 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5183 @end example
5184 @end deffn
5185
5186 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5187 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5188 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5189 command:
5190
5191 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5192 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5193 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5194 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5195
5196 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5197 Example:
5198 @example
5199 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5200 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5201 @end example
5202 @end deffn
5203
5204 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5205 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5206 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5207 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5208 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5209 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5210 912 bytes.
5211 @quotation Attention
5212 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5213 @end quotation
5214 Example:
5215 @example
5216 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5217 @end example
5218 @end deffn
5219
5220 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5221 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5222 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5223 after the next power cycle.
5224 @quotation Attention
5225 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5226 @end quotation
5227 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5228 Example:
5229 @example
5230 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5231 flash info 0
5232 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5233 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5234 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5235 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5236 @end example
5237 @end deffn
5238
5239 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5240 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5241 effective after the next power cycle.
5242 @quotation Attention
5243 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5244 @end quotation
5245 Examples:
5246 @example
5247 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5248 @end example
5249 @end deffn
5250 @end deffn
5251
5252 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5253 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5254
5255 @example
5256 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5257 @end example
5258 @end deffn
5259
5260 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5261 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5262 and integrate flash memory.
5263
5264 @example
5265 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5266 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5267 @end example
5268
5269 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5270 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5271 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5272 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5273 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5274 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5275 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5276 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5277 @end deffn
5278 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5279 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5280 This will remove any Code Protection.
5281 @end deffn
5282 @end deffn
5283
5284 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5285 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5286 Texas Instruments
5287 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5288 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5289 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5290 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5291 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5292 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5293
5294 @example
5295 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5296 @end example
5297
5298 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5299 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5300 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5301 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5302 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5303 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5304
5305 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5306 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5307 @quotation Warning
5308 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5309 applied to all of them.
5310 @end quotation
5311 @end deffn
5312 @end deffn
5313
5314 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5315 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5316 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5317 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5318 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5319
5320 @example
5321 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5322 @end example
5323
5324 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5325 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5326 the flash driver.
5327
5328 @example
5329 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5330 @end example
5331
5332 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5333 as per the following example.
5334 @example
5335 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5336 @end example
5337
5338 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5339 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5340 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5341 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5342 are defined:
5343
5344 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5345 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5346 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5347 @end deffn
5348
5349 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5350 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5351 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5352 @end deffn
5353
5354 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5355 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5356 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5357 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5358 @end deffn
5359
5360 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5361 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5362 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5363 @end deffn
5364 @end deffn
5365
5366 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5367 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5368 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5369 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5370 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5371
5372 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5373 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5374 the flash driver.
5375
5376 @example
5377 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5378 @end example
5379
5380 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5381
5382 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5383 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5384 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5385 @end deffn
5386
5387 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5388 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5389 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5390 @end deffn
5391 @end deffn
5392
5393 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5394 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5395 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5396 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5397 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5398
5399 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5400 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5401 the flash driver.
5402
5403 @example
5404 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5405 @end example
5406 @end deffn
5407
5408 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5409 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5410 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5411 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5412 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5413
5414 @example
5415 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5416 @end example
5417
5418 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5419 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5420 for the specified flash bank.
5421 @end deffn
5422 @end deffn
5423
5424 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5425 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5426 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5427 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5428 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5429
5430 @example
5431 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5432 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5433 @end example
5434
5435 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5436 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5437 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5438
5439 @itemize @bullet
5440 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5441 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5442 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5443 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5444 @end itemize
5445 @end deffn
5446
5447 @end deffn
5448
5449 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5450 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5451 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5452 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5453
5454 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5455
5456 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5457 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5458 @end deffn
5459
5460 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5461 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5462 @end deffn
5463
5464 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5465 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5466 the flash clock.
5467 @end deffn
5468 @end deffn
5469
5470 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5471 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5472 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5473
5474 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5475
5476 @itemize
5477 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5478 @end itemize
5479
5480 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5481 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5482 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5483 @example
5484 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5485 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5486 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5487 @end example
5488 @end deffn
5489
5490 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5491 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5492 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5493 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5494 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5495 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5496 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5497
5498 @example
5499 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5500 @end example
5501 @end deffn
5502
5503 @subsection str9xpec driver
5504 @cindex str9xpec
5505
5506 Here is some background info to help
5507 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5508 the str9:
5509 @enumerate
5510 @item
5511 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5512 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5513 @item
5514 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5515 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5516 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5517 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5518 @end enumerate
5519
5520 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5521 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5522 configured for flash bank 0.
5523 @example
5524 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5525 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5526 jtag_reset 0 1
5527 # turn off target polling
5528 poll off
5529 # disable str9 core
5530 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5531 # read option bytes
5532 str9xpec options_read 0
5533 # re-enable str9 core
5534 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5535 poll on
5536 reset halt
5537 @end example
5538 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5539 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5540 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5541 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5542
5543 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5544 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5545 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5546 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5547 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5548
5549 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5550
5551 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5552 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5553 @end deffn
5554
5555 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5556 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5557 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5558 @end deffn
5559
5560 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5561 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5562 erase the device.
5563 @end deffn
5564
5565 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5566 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5567 @end deffn
5568
5569 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5570 Configure str9 boot bank.
5571 @end deffn
5572
5573 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5574 Configure str9 lvd source.
5575 @end deffn
5576
5577 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5578 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5579 @end deffn
5580
5581 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5582 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5583 @end deffn
5584
5585 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5586 Read str9 option bytes.
5587 @end deffn
5588
5589 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5590 Write str9 option bytes.
5591 @end deffn
5592
5593 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5594 unlock str9 device.
5595 @end deffn
5596
5597 @end deffn
5598
5599
5600 @section mFlash
5601
5602 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5603 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5604
5605 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5606 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5607 address @var{base}.
5608 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5609 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5610
5611 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5612
5613 @example
5614 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5615 @end example
5616
5617 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5618
5619 @example
5620 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5621 @end example
5622 @end deffn
5623
5624 @subsection mFlash commands
5625 @cindex mFlash commands
5626
5627 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5628 Configure mflash PLL.
5629 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5630 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5631 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5632 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5633 @end deffn
5634
5635 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5636 Configure bootable option.
5637 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5638 (4kB) for boot.
5639 @end deffn
5640
5641 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5642 Configure storage information.
5643 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5644 written.
5645 @end deffn
5646
5647 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5648 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5649 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5650 @end deffn
5651
5652 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5653 Probe mflash.
5654 @end deffn
5655
5656 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5657 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5658 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5659 @end deffn
5660
5661 @node Flash Programming
5662 @chapter Flash Programming
5663
5664 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5665 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5666 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5667
5668 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5669 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5670
5671 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5672 @enumerate
5673 @item 'init' is executed.
5674 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5675 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5676 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5677 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5678 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5679 @end enumerate
5680
5681 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5682
5683 @example
5684 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5685 # are optional parameters
5686 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5687 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5688
5689 # binary files need the flash address passing
5690 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5691 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5692 @end example
5693
5694 @node NAND Flash Commands
5695 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5696 @cindex NAND
5697
5698 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5699 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5700 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5701
5702 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5703 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5704 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5705 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5706 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5707 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5708
5709 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5710 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5711 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5712 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5713 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5714 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5715 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5716 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5717 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5718 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5719
5720 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5721 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5722 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5723 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5724 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5725 every 512 bytes of data.
5726
5727 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5728 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5729 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5730 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5731 ECC mode is used.
5732
5733 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5734 @enumerate
5735 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5736 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5737 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5738 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5739 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5740 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5741 to access that device.
5742 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5743 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5744 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5745 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5746 de-brick a board.
5747 @end enumerate
5748
5749 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5750 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5751 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5752 are only 32 bits wide.
5753 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5754 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5755 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5756 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5757
5758 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5759 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5760 @cindex NAND configuration
5761
5762 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5763 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5764 OpenOCD has initialized.
5765
5766 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5767 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5768 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5769 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5770 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5771 they were a single (larger) device.
5772 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5773 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5774
5775 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5776 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5777 configuration files, not interactively.
5778
5779 @itemize @bullet
5780 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5781 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5782 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5783 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5784 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5785 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5786 commands to the NAND controller.
5787 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5788 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5789 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5790 for more information.
5791 @end itemize
5792 @end deffn
5793
5794 @deffn Command {nand list}
5795 Prints a summary of each device declared
5796 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5797 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5798 @example
5799 > nand list
5800 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5801 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5802 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5803 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5804 >
5805 @end example
5806 @end deffn
5807
5808 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5809 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5810 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5811 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5812 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5813 it with most other NAND commands.
5814 @end deffn
5815
5816 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5817
5818 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5819 @cindex NAND reading
5820 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5821 starting at the specified offset.
5822 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5823
5824 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5825 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5826
5827 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5828 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5829 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5830
5831 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5832 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5833 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5834 method which handled that error correction.
5835
5836 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5837 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5838 @itemize @bullet
5839 @item no oob_* parameter
5840 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5841 @item @code{oob_raw}
5842 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5843 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5844 spare areas associated with each data page.
5845 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5846 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5847 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5848 @item @code{oob_only}
5849 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5850 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5851 spare areas associated with each data page.
5852 @end itemize
5853 @end deffn
5854
5855 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5856 @cindex NAND erasing
5857 @cindex NAND programming
5858 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5859 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5860 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5861 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5862 If those parameters are not specified,
5863 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5864 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5865
5866 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5867 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5868 block marker.
5869 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5870 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5871 @end deffn
5872
5873 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5874 @cindex NAND writing
5875 @cindex NAND programming
5876 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5877 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5878 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5879 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5880
5881 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5882 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5883
5884 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5885 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5886 past the end of the device.
5887 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5888 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5889 if that's being written.)
5890
5891 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5892 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5893 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5894
5895 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5896 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5897 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5898 @itemize @bullet
5899 @item no oob_* parameter
5900 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5901 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5902 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5903 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5904 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5905 @item @code{oob_only}
5906 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5907 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5908 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5909 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5910 @item @code{oob_raw}
5911 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5912 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5913 un-altered OOB.
5914 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5915 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5916 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5917 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5918 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5919 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5920 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5921 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5922 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5923 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5924 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5925 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5926 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5927 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5928 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5929 @end itemize
5930 @end deffn
5931
5932 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5933 @cindex NAND verification
5934 @cindex NAND programming
5935 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5936 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5937 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5938
5939 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5940 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5941
5942 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5943 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5944 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5945 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5946 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5947
5948 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5949 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5950 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5951
5952 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5953 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5954 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5955 be removed in a future release.
5956 @end deffn
5957
5958 @section Other NAND commands
5959 @cindex NAND other commands
5960
5961 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5962 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5963 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5964 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5965 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5966 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5967 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5968 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5969
5970 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5971 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5972 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5973 @end deffn
5974
5975 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5976 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5977 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5978 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5979 status for each block.
5980 @end deffn
5981
5982 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5983 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5984 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5985
5986 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5987 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5988 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5989 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5990 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5991
5992 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5993 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5994 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5995 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5996 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5997 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5998 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5999 @end deffn
6000
6001 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6002 @section NAND Driver List
6003 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6004 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6005 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6006
6007 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6008 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6009 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6010 address of the ECC controller.
6011 @example
6012 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6013 @end example
6014 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6015 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6016 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6017 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6018 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6019 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6020 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6021 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6022 @end deffn
6023 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6024 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6025 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6026 @end deffn
6027
6028 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6029 properly configured for input or output.
6030 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6031 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6032 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6033 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6034 @end deffn
6035 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6036 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6037 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6038 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6039 @end deffn
6040 @end deffn
6041
6042 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6043 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6044 chips from Texas Instruments.
6045 It takes three extra parameters:
6046 address of the NAND chip;
6047 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6048 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6049 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6050 @example
6051 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6052 @end example
6053 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6054 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6055 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6056 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6057 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6058 @end deffn
6059
6060 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6061 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6062 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6063 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6064 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6065 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6066 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6067 @end deffn
6068
6069 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6070 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6071 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6072 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6073 @end deffn
6074 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6075
6076 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6077 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6078 should work for this chip aswell.
6079 @end deffn
6080
6081 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6082 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6083 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6084 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6085 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6086 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6087 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6088 @example
6089 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6090 @end example
6091 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6092 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6093 without parameter query status.
6094 @end deffn
6095 @end deffn
6096
6097 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6098 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6099 parameter: the address of the controller.
6100 @example
6101 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6102 @end example
6103 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6104 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6105 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6106 change any behavior.
6107 @end deffn
6108
6109 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6110 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6111 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6112 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6113 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6114 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6115 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6116 specialized commands.
6117 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6118 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6119 change any behavior.
6120 @end deffn
6121
6122 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6123 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6124 @cindex PLD
6125 @cindex FPGA
6126
6127 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6128 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6129 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6130 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6131 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6132 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6133 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6134
6135 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6136
6137 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6138 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6139 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6140
6141 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6142 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6143
6144 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6145 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6146 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6147 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6148 behavior.
6149 @end deffn
6150
6151 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6152 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6153 @end deffn
6154
6155 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6156 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6157 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6158 @end deffn
6159
6160 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6161
6162 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6163 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6164 that particular type of PLD.
6165
6166 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6167 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6168 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6169 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6170 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6171
6172 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6173 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6174 for FPGA @var{num}.
6175 @end deffn
6176 @end deffn
6177
6178 @node General Commands
6179 @chapter General Commands
6180 @cindex commands
6181
6182 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6183 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6184 commands are documented elsewhere.
6185
6186 Intent:
6187 @itemize @bullet
6188 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6189 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6190 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6191 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6192
6193 @item @b{From the human}
6194 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6195 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6196
6197 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6198 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6199 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6200
6201 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6202 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6203 port is 5555.
6204 @end itemize
6205
6206
6207 @section Daemon Commands
6208
6209 @deffn {Command} exit
6210 Exits the current telnet session.
6211 @end deffn
6212
6213 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6214 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6215 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6216 Not every command provides helptext.
6217
6218 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6219 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6220 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6221 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6222 @end deffn
6223
6224 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6225 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6226 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6227 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6228 Useful in connection with script files
6229 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6230 @end deffn
6231
6232 @deffn Command shutdown
6233 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6234 @end deffn
6235
6236 @anchor{debuglevel}
6237 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6238 @cindex message level
6239 Display debug level.
6240 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6241 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6242 Level 0 is error messages only;
6243 level 1 adds warnings;
6244 level 2 adds informational messages;
6245 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6246 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6247 the command line along with the location of that log
6248 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6249 @xref{Running}.
6250 @end deffn
6251
6252 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6253 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6254 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6255 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6256 @example
6257 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6258 @end example
6259 @end deffn
6260
6261 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6262 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6263 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6264 @end deffn
6265
6266 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6267 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6268 @end deffn
6269
6270 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6271 @section Target State handling
6272 @cindex reset
6273 @cindex halt
6274 @cindex target initialization
6275
6276 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6277 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6278 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6279 a current target which is used to perform the
6280 various operations. The current target may be changed
6281 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6282 target which should become current.
6283
6284 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
6285 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6286 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6287 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6288 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6289
6290 @emph{With no arguments}:
6291 list all available registers for the current target,
6292 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6293 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6294 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6295 are flagged as such.
6296
6297 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6298
6299 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6300 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6301 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6302 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6303 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6304 relevant module will flush such values.
6305
6306 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6307 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6308
6309 @example
6310 > reg
6311 ===== ARM registers
6312 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6313 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6314 (2) r2 (/32)
6315 ...
6316 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6317 >
6318 @end example
6319 @end deffn
6320
6321 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6322 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6323 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6324 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6325 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6326 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6327 (and enter debug mode).
6328 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6329
6330 @quotation Warning
6331 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6332 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6333 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6334 power mode by gating the core clock;
6335 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6336
6337 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6338 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6339 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6340 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6341 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6342 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6343
6344 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6345 work with a JTAG debugger.
6346 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6347 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6348 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6349 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6350 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6351 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6352 @end quotation
6353
6354 @end deffn
6355
6356 @deffn Command resume [address]
6357 Resume the target at its current code position,
6358 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6359 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6360 @end deffn
6361
6362 @deffn Command step [address]
6363 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6364 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6365 @end deffn
6366
6367 @anchor{resetcommand}
6368 @deffn Command reset
6369 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6370 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6371 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6372 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6373 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6374 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6375
6376 The optional parameter specifies what should
6377 happen after the reset.
6378 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6379 The other options will not work on all systems.
6380 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6381
6382 @itemize @minus
6383 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6384 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6385 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6386 @end itemize
6387 @end deffn
6388
6389 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6390 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6391 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6392 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6393 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6394 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6395 state.
6396 @end deffn
6397
6398 @section I/O Utilities
6399
6400 These commands are available when
6401 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6402 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6403 notably the ZY1000.
6404 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6405
6406 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6407
6408 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6409 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6410 the text file @file{filename}.
6411 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6412 The last string is followed by a newline.
6413 @end deffn
6414
6415 @deffn Command cat filename
6416 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6417 @end deffn
6418
6419 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6420 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6421 into @file{dest_filename}.
6422 @end deffn
6423
6424 @deffn Command ip
6425 @emph{No description provided.}
6426 @end deffn
6427
6428 @deffn Command ls
6429 @emph{No description provided.}
6430 @end deffn
6431
6432 @deffn Command mac
6433 @emph{No description provided.}
6434 @end deffn
6435
6436 @deffn Command meminfo
6437 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6438 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6439 @end deffn
6440
6441 @deffn Command peek
6442 @emph{No description provided.}
6443 @end deffn
6444
6445 @deffn Command poke
6446 @emph{No description provided.}
6447 @end deffn
6448
6449 @deffn Command rm filename
6450 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6451 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6452 @end deffn
6453
6454 @deffn Command trunc filename
6455 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6456 @end deffn
6457
6458 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6459 @section Memory access commands
6460 @cindex memory access
6461
6462 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6463 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6464 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6465 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6466
6467 @enumerate
6468 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6469 to change the current target.
6470 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6471 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6472 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6473 @end enumerate
6474
6475 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6476 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6477 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6478 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6479 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6480 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6481 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6482 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6483 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6484 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6485 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6486 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6487 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6488 @end deffn
6489
6490 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6491 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6492 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6493 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6494 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6495 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6496 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6497 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6498 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6499 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6500 @end deffn
6501
6502 @anchor{imageaccess}
6503 @section Image loading commands
6504 @cindex image loading
6505 @cindex image dumping
6506
6507 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6508 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6509 binary file named @var{filename}.
6510 @end deffn
6511
6512 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6513 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6514 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6515 @end deffn
6516
6517 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6518 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6519 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6520 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6521 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6522 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6523 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6524 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6525 separately.
6526 @end deffn
6527
6528 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6529 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6530 The file format may optionally be specified
6531 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6532 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6533 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6534 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6535 @example
6536 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6537 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6538 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6539 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6540 @}
6541 @end example
6542 @end deffn
6543
6544 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6545 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6546 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6547 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6548 The file format may optionally be specified
6549 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6550 @end deffn
6551
6552 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6553 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6554 The file format may optionally be specified
6555 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6556 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6557 @end deffn
6558
6559
6560 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6561 @cindex breakpoint
6562 @cindex watchpoint
6563
6564 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6565 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6566 watchpoints.
6567 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6568
6569 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6570 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6571 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6572 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6573 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6574 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6575
6576 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6577 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6578 @end deffn
6579
6580 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6581 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6582 @end deffn
6583
6584 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6585 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6586 @end deffn
6587
6588 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6589 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6590 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6591 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6592 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6593 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6594 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6595 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6596 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6597 @end deffn
6598
6599 @section Misc Commands
6600
6601 @cindex profiling
6602 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6603 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6604 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6605 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6606 @end deffn
6607
6608 @deffn Command {version}
6609 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6610 @end deffn
6611
6612 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6613 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6614 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6615 @end deffn
6616
6617 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6618 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6619 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6620 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6621
6622 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6623 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6624 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6625 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6626
6627 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6628 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6629 @cindex tracing
6630 @cindex ETM
6631 @cindex ETB
6632
6633 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6634 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6635 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6636
6637 @itemize
6638 @item
6639 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6640 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6641 supports such an interface.
6642 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6643 and trace port support.)
6644 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6645 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6646 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6647 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6648 in the board-specific configuration file.
6649 @item
6650 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6651 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6652 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6653 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6654 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6655 @end itemize
6656
6657 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6658
6659 @quotation Issues
6660 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6661 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6662
6663 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6664 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6665 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6666 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6667 dummy trace port driver}.
6668
6669 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6670 as well as tracing only during specific states
6671 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6672
6673 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6674 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6675 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6676 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6677 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6678
6679 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6680 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6681 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6682 this original style of JTAG access.
6683 @end quotation
6684
6685 @subsection ETM Configuration
6686 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6687
6688 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6689 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6690 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6691
6692 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6693 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6694 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6695 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6696 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6697 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6698 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6699 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6700 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6701
6702 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6703 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6704 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6705
6706 @quotation Warning
6707 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6708 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6709 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6710 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6711 @end quotation
6712
6713 @quotation Note
6714 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6715 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6716 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6717 what CPU activities are traced.
6718 @end quotation
6719 @end deffn
6720
6721 @deffn Command {etm info}
6722 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6723 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6724 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6725 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6726 @end deffn
6727
6728 @deffn Command {etm status}
6729 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6730 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6731 Did trace data overflow?
6732 Was it triggered?
6733 @end deffn
6734
6735 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6736 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6737 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6738 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6739 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6740
6741 @itemize
6742 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6743 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6744 The value is one of
6745 @option{none} (save nothing),
6746 @option{data} (save data),
6747 @option{address} (save addresses),
6748 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6749 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6750 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6751 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6752 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6753 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6754 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6755 trace stream without an image of the code.
6756 @end itemize
6757 @end deffn
6758
6759 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6760 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6761 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6762 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6763 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6764
6765 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6766 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6767 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6768 @end deffn
6769
6770 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6771
6772 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6773 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6774 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6775
6776 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6777 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6778 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6779 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6780 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6781 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6782 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6783
6784 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6785
6786 @itemize
6787 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6788 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6789 for instruction access within that function's body.
6790 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6791 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6792 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6793 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6794 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6795 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6796 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6797 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6798 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6799 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6800 @item @emph{... more}
6801 @end itemize
6802
6803 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6804 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6805
6806 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6807 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6808 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6809 @end deffn
6810
6811 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6812 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6813 @end deffn
6814
6815 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6816 Opens an image file.
6817 @end deffn
6818
6819 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6820 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6821 @end deffn
6822
6823 @deffn Command {etm start}
6824 Starts trace data collection.
6825 @end deffn
6826
6827 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6828 Stops trace data collection.
6829 @end deffn
6830
6831 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6832 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6833
6834 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6835
6836 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6837 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6838 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6839 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6840 any trace data collection.}
6841 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6842 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6843 @end deffn
6844 @end deffn
6845
6846 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6847 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6848 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6849 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6850 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6851 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6852 @end deffn
6853 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6854 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6855 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6856 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6857 trace trigger becomes active.
6858
6859 @itemize
6860 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6861 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6862 afterwards.
6863 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6864 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6865 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6866 what caused that event to happen.
6867 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6868 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6869 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6870 how the event caused trouble.
6871 @end itemize
6872 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6873 @end deffn
6874
6875 @end deffn
6876
6877 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6878 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6879 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6880 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6881 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6882
6883 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6884 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6885
6886 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6887 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6888 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6889 @end deffn
6890
6891 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6892 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6893 @end deffn
6894
6895 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6896 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6897 @end deffn
6898 @end deffn
6899
6900
6901 @section Generic ARM
6902 @cindex ARM
6903
6904 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6905 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6906 commands that may be available.
6907
6908 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6909 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6910 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6911 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6912 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6913 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6914 @end deffn
6915
6916 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6917 @cindex disassemble
6918 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6919 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6920 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6921 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6922 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6923 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6924 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6925
6926 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6927 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6928 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6929 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6930 with a handful of exceptions.
6931 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6932 @end deffn
6933
6934 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6935 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6936 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6937 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6938 and using the MCR instruction.
6939 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6940 an ARM register.)
6941 @end deffn
6942
6943 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6944 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6945 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6946 and the MRC instruction.
6947 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6948 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6949 an ARM register.)
6950 @end deffn
6951
6952 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6953 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6954 core mode if necessary.
6955 @end deffn
6956
6957 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6958 @cindex ARM semihosting
6959 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6960
6961 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6962 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6963 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6964 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6965 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6966 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6967 @end deffn
6968
6969 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6970 @cindex ARMv4
6971 @cindex ARMv5
6972
6973 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6974 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6975 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6976 variant.
6977
6978 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6979 @cindex ARM7
6980 @cindex ARM9
6981
6982 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6983 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6984 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6985 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6986
6987 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6988 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6989 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6990 instead of breakpoints.
6991 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6992
6993 This should be
6994 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6995 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6996 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6997 @end deffn
6998
6999 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7000 @cindex DCC
7001 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7002 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7003 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7004
7005 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7006 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7007 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7008 @end deffn
7009
7010 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7011 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7012 that don't check completion of the operation.
7013 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7014
7015 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7016 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7017 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7018 @end deffn
7019
7020 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7021 @cindex ARM720T
7022
7023 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7024 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7025 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7026 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7027
7028 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7029 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7030 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7031
7032 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7033 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7034 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7035 @end deffn
7036
7037 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7038 @cindex ARM9
7039
7040 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7041 integer processors.
7042 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7043
7044 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7045 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7046 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7047 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7048
7049 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7050 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7051 @cindex vector_catch
7052 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7053 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7054 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7055 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7056 to those hardware vectors.
7057
7058 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7059 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7060 vector catch hardware to intercept
7061 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7062 @option{none} of them,
7063 or a list with one or more of the following:
7064 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7065 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7066 @end deffn
7067
7068 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7069 @cindex ARM920T
7070
7071 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7072 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7073 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7074 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7075 and ARM9 commands.
7076
7077 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7078 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7079 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7080 @end deffn
7081
7082 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7083 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7084 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7085 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7086 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7087 (Not all registers can be written.)
7088 @end deffn
7089
7090 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7091 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7092 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7093
7094 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7095 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7096 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7097 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7098 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7099 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7100 @end deffn
7101
7102 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7103 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7104 @end deffn
7105
7106 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7107 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7108 @end deffn
7109
7110 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7111 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7112
7113 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7114 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7115 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7116 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7117 and ARM9 commands.
7118
7119 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7120 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7121
7122 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7123 Print information about the caches found.
7124 @end deffn
7125
7126 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7127 @cindex ARM966E
7128
7129 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7130 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7131 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7132 and ARM9 commands.
7133
7134 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7135 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7136 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7137 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7138 ARM966E-S TRM.
7139 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7140 as required for BIST support.
7141 @end deffn
7142
7143 @subsection XScale specific commands
7144 @cindex XScale
7145
7146 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7147
7148 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7149 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7150 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7151 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7152 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7153 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7154 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7155
7156 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7157 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7158 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7159 the mini-IC.
7160
7161 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7162 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7163 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7164 code layout in memory:
7165 @example
7166 _vectors:
7167 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7168 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7169 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7170 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7171 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7172 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7173 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7174 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7175 .org 0x100
7176 .long real_reset_vector
7177 .long real_ui_handler
7178 .long real_swi_handler
7179 .long real_pf_abort
7180 .long real_data_abort
7181 .long 0 /* unused */
7182 .long real_irq_handler
7183 .long real_fiq_handler
7184 @end example
7185
7186 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7187 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7188 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7189 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7190 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7191 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7192 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7193 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7194 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7195 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7196 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7197 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7198 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7199 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7200 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7201 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7202 software.
7203
7204 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7205 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7206 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7207 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7208
7209 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7210 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7211 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7212 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7213 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7214 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7215 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7216 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7217 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7218
7219 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7220 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7221
7222 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7223 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7224 @end deffn
7225
7226 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7227 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7228 @end deffn
7229
7230 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7231 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7232 @end deffn
7233
7234 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7235 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7236 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7237 @end deffn
7238
7239 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7240 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7241 @end deffn
7242
7243 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7244 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7245 @end deffn
7246
7247 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7248 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7249 @end deffn
7250
7251 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7252 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7253 @end deffn
7254
7255 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7256 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7257 @end deffn
7258
7259 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7260 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7261 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7262 and modifying how it is emptied.
7263 @end deffn
7264
7265 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7266 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7267 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7268 The image @var{type} may be one of
7269 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7270 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7271 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7272 @end deffn
7273
7274 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7275 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7276 @cindex vector_catch
7277 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7278 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7279
7280 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7281 @example
7282 0x01 Trap Reset
7283 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7284 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7285 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7286 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7287 0x20 reserved
7288 0x40 Trap IRQ
7289 0x80 Trap FIQ
7290 @end example
7291 @end deffn
7292
7293 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7294 @cindex vector_table
7295
7296 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7297 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7298 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7299 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7300 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7301
7302 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7303
7304 @end deffn
7305
7306 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7307 @cindex ARMv6
7308
7309 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7310 @cindex ARM11
7311
7312 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7313 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7314 which is enabled by default.
7315 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7316 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7317 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7318 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7319 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7320 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7321 @end deffn
7322
7323 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7324 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7325 which is enabled by default.
7326 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7327 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7328 @end deffn
7329
7330 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7331 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7332 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7333 they are disabled by default.
7334 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7335 @end deffn
7336
7337 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7338 @cindex vector_catch
7339 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7340 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7341 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7342
7343 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7344 for certain hardware events.
7345 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7346 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7347 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7348 @end deffn
7349
7350 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7351 @cindex ARMv7
7352
7353 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7354 @cindex Debug Access Port
7355 @cindex DAP
7356 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7357 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7358 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7359
7360 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7361 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7362 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7363 @end deffn
7364
7365 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7366 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7367 @end deffn
7368
7369 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7370 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7371 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7372 @end deffn
7373
7374 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7375 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7376 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7377 @end deffn
7378
7379 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7380 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7381 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7382 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7383 @end deffn
7384
7385 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7386 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7387 Defaulting to 0.
7388 @end deffn
7389
7390 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7391 @cindex Cortex-M
7392
7393 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7394 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7395
7396 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7397 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7398 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7399 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7400 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7401 the step command leaves with the core running.
7402
7403 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7404 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7405 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7406
7407 Default is @option{auto}.
7408 @end deffn
7409
7410 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7411 @cindex vector_catch
7412 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7413 for certain hardware events.
7414
7415 Parameters request interception of
7416 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7417 @option{none} of them,
7418 or one or more of the following:
7419 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7420 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7421 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7422 @option{irq_err},
7423 @option{state_err},
7424 @option{chk_err}, or
7425 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7426 @option{reset}.
7427 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7428 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7429 are mapped to HardFault.
7430 UsageFault checks for
7431 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7432 must also be explicitly enabled.
7433
7434 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7435 @end deffn
7436
7437 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7438 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7439 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7440 @itemize @minus
7441 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7442 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7443 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7444 @end itemize
7445 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7446 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7447 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7448 the peripherals.
7449 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7450 @end deffn
7451
7452 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7453 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7454 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7455 @cindex tracing
7456 @cindex libdcc
7457 @cindex DCC
7458 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7459 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7460 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7461 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7462
7463 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7464 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7465 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7466 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7467 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7468 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7469
7470 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7471 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7472 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7473 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7474 The target being debugged may
7475 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7476 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7477 each supported by a command:
7478
7479 @itemize
7480 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7481 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7482 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7483 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7484
7485 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7486 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7487 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7488
7489 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7490 and then displayed at any time.
7491 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7492
7493 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7494 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7495 @end itemize
7496
7497 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7498 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7499 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7500 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7501 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7502 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7503 does the same thing.
7504
7505 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7506 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7507 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7508 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7509 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7510
7511 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7512 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7513 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7514 @end deffn
7515
7516 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7517 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7518 in the order they triggered.
7519 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7520 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7521 history records.
7522 @end deffn
7523
7524 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7525 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7526 they have been triggered.
7527 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7528 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7529 and associates it with that identifier.
7530
7531 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7532 are not related except by this command.
7533 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7534 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7535 @end deffn
7536
7537
7538 @node JTAG Commands
7539 @chapter JTAG Commands
7540 @cindex JTAG Commands
7541 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7542 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7543 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7544 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7545 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7546
7547 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7548 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7549
7550 @itemize @bullet
7551 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7552 devices such as a CPUs.
7553 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7554 standard state machine (in parallel)
7555 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7556 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7557 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7558 while the reading previous ones.
7559 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7560 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7561 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7562 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7563 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7564 registers.
7565 @end itemize
7566
7567 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7568
7569 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7570 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7571 the order of TAP state transitions.
7572 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7573 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7574 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7575 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7576 these commands are not available.
7577
7578 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7579 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7580 that specify the entire register.
7581 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7582 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7583 The return value holds the original value of each
7584 of those fields.
7585
7586 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7587 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7588 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7589 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7590 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7591
7592 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7593 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7594
7595 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7596 in that state.
7597 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7598 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7599 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7600
7601 @quotation Warning
7602 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7603 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7604 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7605 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7606 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7607 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7608 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7609 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7610 @end quotation
7611 @end deffn
7612
7613 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7614 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7615 This may be used for performance tuning.
7616
7617 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7618 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7619 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7620 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7621 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7622 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7623 @end deffn
7624
7625 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7626 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7627 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7628 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7629 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7630 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7631
7632 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7633 in that state.
7634 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7635 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7636 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7637
7638 @quotation Note
7639 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7640 register values, unlike data register values.
7641 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7642 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7643 @end quotation
7644 @end deffn
7645
7646 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7647 Set values of reset signals.
7648 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7649 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7650 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7651 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7652 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7653 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7654 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7655
7656 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7657 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7658 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7659 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7660 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7661 instead of the TRST signal.
7662 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7663 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7664 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7665 with handlers for that event.
7666 @end deffn
7667
7668 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7669 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7670 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7671 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7672 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7673 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7674 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7675 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7676 The final state must also be stable.
7677 @end deffn
7678
7679 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7680 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7681 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7682 Instructions often need some time
7683 to execute before they take effect.
7684 @end deffn
7685
7686 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7687 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7688
7689 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7690 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7691 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7692 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7693 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7694 @end deffn
7695
7696 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7697 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7698 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7699 must also be enabled.
7700 Default is enabled.
7701 @end deffn
7702
7703 @section TAP state names
7704 @cindex TAP state names
7705
7706 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7707 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7708 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7709 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7710
7711 @itemize @bullet
7712 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7713 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7714 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7715 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7716 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7717 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7718 through the data register
7719 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7720 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7721 for update or more shifting
7722 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7723 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7724 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7725 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7726 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7727 through the instruction register
7728 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7729 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7730 for update or more shifting
7731 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7732 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7733 @end itemize
7734
7735 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7736 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7737 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7738 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7739
7740 @itemize @bullet
7741 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7742 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7743 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7744 may not be as expected.
7745 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7746 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7747 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7748 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7749 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7750 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7751 @end itemize
7752
7753 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7754 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7755
7756 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7757 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7758 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7759 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7760
7761 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7762 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7763 @cindex SVF
7764
7765 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7766 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7767 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7768 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7769
7770 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7771 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7772 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7773 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7774 each command is logged before it is executed.
7775 @end deffn
7776
7777 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7778 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7779 @cindex XSVF
7780
7781 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7782 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7783 Xilinx devices.
7784 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7785 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7786
7787 @quotation Important
7788 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7789 @end quotation
7790
7791 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7792 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7793 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7794 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7795 that TAP.
7796 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7797 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7798 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7799 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7800 @end deffn
7801
7802 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7803 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7804 after building the software.
7805 You may find them useful:
7806
7807 @itemize
7808 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7809 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7810 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7811 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7812 @end itemize
7813
7814 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7815 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7816 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7817 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7818 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7819 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7820 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7821
7822
7823 @node TFTP
7824 @chapter TFTP
7825 @cindex TFTP
7826 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7827 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7828
7829 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7830 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7831 server (tftpd). For example,
7832
7833 @example
7834 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7835 @end example
7836
7837 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7838 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7839
7840 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7841 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7842 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7843 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7844
7845 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7846 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7847 @cindex GDB
7848 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7849 to debug remote targets.
7850 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7851
7852 @itemize
7853 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7854 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
7855 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7856 as shown in this chapter.
7857 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7858 that also will probably need to be configured.
7859 @end itemize
7860
7861 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7862 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7863 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7864 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7865 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7866 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7867
7868 @section Connecting to GDB
7869 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7870 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7871 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7872 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7873 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7874
7875 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7876
7877 @enumerate
7878 @item
7879 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7880 @example
7881 target remote localhost:3333
7882 @end example
7883 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7884
7885 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
7886 @example
7887 target extended-remote localhost:3333
7888 @end example
7889 @item
7890 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7891 @example
7892 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7893 @end example
7894 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7895 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7896 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7897 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7898 @end enumerate
7899
7900 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7901 GDB command line.
7902
7903 @section Sample GDB session startup
7904
7905 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7906 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7907 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7908 small ARM program.
7909 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7910 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7911
7912 @example
7913 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7914 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7915 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7916 ...
7917 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7918 ...
7919 (gdb) load
7920 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7921 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7922 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7923 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7924 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7925 (gdb) continue
7926 Continuing.
7927 ...
7928 @end example
7929
7930 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7931 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7932 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7933 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7934
7935 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7936
7937 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7938 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7939 packet size and the device's memory map.
7940 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7941 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7942 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7943
7944 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7945 You may need to set those up by hand.
7946 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7947 something like:
7948
7949 @example
7950 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7951 @end example
7952
7953 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7954
7955 @example
7956 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7957 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7958 @end example
7959
7960 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7961 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7962 do not have such restrictions.
7963
7964 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7965 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7966 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7967
7968 @example
7969 define hook-step
7970 mon cortex_m maskisr on
7971 end
7972 define hookpost-step
7973 mon cortex_m maskisr off
7974 end
7975 @end example
7976
7977 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7978 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7979 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7980 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7981
7982 @section Programming using GDB
7983 @cindex Programming using GDB
7984 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
7985
7986 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7987 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7988 @example
7989 gdb_memory_map disable
7990 @end example
7991 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7992 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7993 working area.
7994
7995 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7996 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7997 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7998 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7999
8000 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
8001 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8002
8003 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8004 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8005 @example
8006 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8007 @end example
8008
8009 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8010 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8011
8012 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8013 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8014 will be used.
8015
8016 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8017 script can be executed:
8018 @example
8019 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8020 @end example
8021
8022 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8023 can be used.
8024 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8025 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8026 @cindex SMP
8027 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8028 @itemize @bullet
8029 @item j - smp status request
8030 @item J - smp set request
8031 @end itemize
8032
8033 OpenOCD implements :
8034 @itemize @bullet
8035 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8036 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8037 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8038 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8039 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8040 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8041 @end itemize
8042
8043 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8044 @itemize @bullet
8045 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8046 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8047 @example
8048 set $_core 1
8049 #Jc01 packet is sent
8050 print $_core
8051 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8052 @end example
8053
8054 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8055 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8056
8057 @example
8058 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8059 define toggle0
8060 maint packet Jc0
8061 continue
8062 main packet Jc-1
8063 end
8064 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8065 define toggle1
8066 maint packet Jc1
8067 continue
8068 main packet Jc-1
8069 end
8070 @end example
8071 @end itemize
8072
8073
8074 @node Tcl Scripting API
8075 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8076 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8077 @cindex Tcl scripts
8078 @section API rules
8079
8080 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
8081 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
8082 information as an argument to each proc.
8083
8084 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8085 pair list and lists.
8086
8087 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8088 list.
8089
8090 @verbatim
8091
8092 > set foo(me) Duane
8093 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8094 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8095 > set foo(duck) Donald
8096
8097 If one does this:
8098
8099 > set foo
8100
8101 The result is:
8102
8103 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8104
8105 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8106
8107 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8108 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8109 }
8110 @end verbatim
8111
8112 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
8113 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8114
8115 @section Internal low-level Commands
8116
8117 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
8118
8119 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
8120 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8121 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8122
8123 @itemize @bullet
8124 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8125
8126 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8127 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8128
8129 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8130 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8131
8132 Return information about the flash banks
8133 @end itemize
8134
8135 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8136 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8137 called "flash_banks".
8138
8139 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8140
8141 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8142 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8143 holds one of the following values:
8144
8145 @itemize @bullet
8146 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8147 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8148 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8149 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8150 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8151 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8152 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8153 @end itemize
8154
8155 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8156
8157 @quotation Note
8158 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8159 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8160 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8161 is jim, not real tcl).
8162 @end quotation
8163
8164 @node FAQ
8165 @chapter FAQ
8166 @cindex faq
8167 @enumerate
8168 @anchor{faqrtck}
8169 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8170 @cindex RTCK
8171 @cindex adaptive clocking
8172 @*
8173
8174 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8175 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8176 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8177 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8178
8179 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8180 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8181 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8182 @enumerate
8183 @item
8184 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8185 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8186 @item
8187 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8188 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8189 @end enumerate
8190
8191 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8192 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8193 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8194 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8195 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8196 power).
8197
8198 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8199 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8200 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8201 ARM926 scenario).
8202 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8203 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8204 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8205
8206 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8207 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8208 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8209 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8210
8211 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8212
8213 In order to make use of this,
8214 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8215 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8216
8217 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8218 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8219 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8220 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8221 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8222
8223 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8224 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8225 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8226 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8227
8228 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8229 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8230 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8231 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8232 with a CPLD.
8233 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8234 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8235 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8236 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8237 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8238 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8239
8240 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8241
8242 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8243
8244 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8245 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8246 depending on the chips on your board.
8247 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8248 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8249 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8250
8251 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8252 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8253 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8254
8255 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8256 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8257 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8258 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8259
8260 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8261 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8262 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8263 this way.
8264
8265 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8266 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8267 clock rate.
8268 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8269 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8270 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8271
8272 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8273
8274 @example
8275 # Example: 1.234MHz
8276 adapter_khz 1234
8277 @end example
8278
8279
8280 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8281
8282 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8283 around Windows filenames.
8284
8285 @example
8286 > echo \a
8287
8288 > echo @{\a@}
8289 \a
8290 > echo "\a"
8291
8292 >
8293 @end example
8294
8295
8296 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8297
8298 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8299 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8300 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8301
8302 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8303 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8304 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8305
8306 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8307 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8308 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8309
8310 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8311
8312 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8313 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8314 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8315 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8316
8317 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8318 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8319 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8320
8321 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8322 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8323
8324 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8325 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8326 memory read caused data abort".
8327
8328 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8329 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8330 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8331 be done, feel free to add this here.
8332
8333 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8334 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8335 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8336 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8337 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8338 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8339 gracefully stops.
8340
8341 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8342 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8343 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8344
8345 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8346 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8347 bytes. Painful...
8348
8349
8350 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8351 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8352
8353 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8354 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8355 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8356 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8357 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8358 reset, everything else should work fine.
8359
8360 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8361 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8362 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8363 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8364
8365 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8366 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8367 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8368 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8369
8370 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8371
8372 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8373 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8374 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8375 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8376
8377 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8378 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8379 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8380 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8381
8382 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8383 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8384 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8385
8386 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8387 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8388
8389 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8390 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8391 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8392 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8393 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8394 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8395 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8396 clock frequency?
8397
8398 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8399 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8400 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8401 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8402 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8403
8404 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8405
8406 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8407 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8408 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8409 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8410 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8411 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8412 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8413
8414 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8415
8416 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8417 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8418 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8419 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8420
8421 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8422 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8423 particular order?
8424
8425 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8426 the same order used by the hardware.
8427
8428 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8429 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8430 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8431 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8432 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8433 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8434
8435 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8436 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8437 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8438 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8439
8440 @itemize @bullet
8441 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8442 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8443 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8444 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8445 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8446 @end itemize
8447
8448 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8449
8450 @itemize @bullet
8451 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8452 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8453 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8454 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8455 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8456 @end itemize
8457
8458
8459 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8460 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8461 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8462
8463 TODO.
8464
8465 @end enumerate
8466
8467 @node Tcl Crash Course
8468 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8469 @cindex Tcl
8470
8471 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8472 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8473 how the Tcl scripts work.
8474
8475 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8476 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8477 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8478 OpenOCD.
8479
8480 @section Tcl Rule #1
8481 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8482 @enumerate
8483 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8484 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8485 @end enumerate
8486
8487 The Tcl equal is this:
8488
8489 @enumerate
8490 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8491 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8492 @end enumerate
8493
8494 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8495 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8496
8497 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8498 There is a second pair of rules.
8499 @enumerate
8500 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8501 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8502 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8503 in Tcl.
8504 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8505 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8506 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8507 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8508 @end enumerate
8509
8510 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8511 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8512 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8513 Everything is a string}
8514
8515 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8516 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8517 difference is subtle.
8518 @enumerate
8519 @item Parse Time
8520 @item Evaluation Time
8521 @end enumerate
8522
8523 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8524 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8525 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8526
8527 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8528 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8529 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8530 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8531
8532 @itemize @bullet
8533 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8534 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8535 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8536 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8537 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8538 @example
8539 # bash example
8540 X=`date`
8541 echo "The Date is: $X"
8542 # Tcl example
8543 set X [date]
8544 puts "The Date is: $X"
8545 @end example
8546 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8547 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8548 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8549 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8550 is a string}
8551 @example
8552 set x "Dinner"
8553 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8554 @end example
8555 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8556 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8557 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8558 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8559 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8560 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8561 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8562 @end itemize
8563
8564 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8565
8566 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8567
8568 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8569
8570 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8571 the normal way.
8572
8573 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8574 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8575 line is immedatly executed.
8576
8577 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8578 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8579
8580 @subsection Command Execution
8581
8582 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8583 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8584 control flow operators.
8585
8586 Commands are executed like this:
8587
8588 @enumerate
8589 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8590 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8591 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8592 @end enumerate
8593
8594 It sort of works like this:
8595 @example
8596 for(;;)@{
8597 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8598
8599 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8600
8601 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8602 @}
8603 @end example
8604
8605 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8606 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8607 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8608 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8609 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8610 ``LookupCommand()''
8611
8612 @subsection The FOR command
8613
8614 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8615 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8616 command just like any other command.
8617
8618 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8619 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8620 are:
8621
8622 @enumerate 0
8623 @item The ascii text 'for'
8624 @item The start text
8625 @item The test expression
8626 @item The next text
8627 @item The body text
8628 @end enumerate
8629
8630 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8631 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8632 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8633 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8634
8635 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8636 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8637
8638 @example
8639 int
8640 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8641 int *argc,
8642 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8643 @end example
8644
8645 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8646 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8647 still operates in the same basic way.
8648
8649 @subsection FOR command implementation
8650
8651 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8652 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8653
8654 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8655
8656 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8657
8658 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8659 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8660 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8661
8662 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8663 expression and returns a value.
8664
8665 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8666 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8667 @example
8668 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8669
8670 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8671
8672 int
8673 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8674 int argc,
8675 char **argv )
8676 @{
8677 if( argc != 5 )@{
8678 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8679 return ERROR;
8680 @}
8681
8682 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8683
8684 // Execute the start statement.
8685 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8686
8687 // Top of loop test
8688 for(;;)@{
8689 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8690 if( i == 0 )
8691 break;
8692
8693 // Execute the body
8694 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8695
8696 // Execute the LOOP part
8697 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8698 @}
8699
8700 // Return no error
8701 SetResult( interp, "" );
8702 return SUCCESS;
8703 @}
8704 @end example
8705
8706 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8707 in the same basic way.
8708
8709 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8710
8711 @subsection source and find commands
8712 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8713 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8714 @*Remember the parsing rules
8715 @enumerate
8716 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8717 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8718 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8719 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8720 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8721 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8722 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8723 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8724 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8725 @end enumerate
8726 @subsection format command
8727 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8728 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8729 @b{sprintf()}.
8730 @b{Example}
8731 @example
8732 set x 6
8733 set y 7
8734 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8735 @end example
8736 @enumerate
8737 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8738 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8739 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8740 @* Refer to Rule #1
8741 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8742 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8743 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8744 @end enumerate
8745 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8746 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8747 @example
8748 #1 Good
8749 proc someproc @{@} @{
8750 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8751 @}
8752 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8753 #2 Good - no variables
8754 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8755 #3 Good Curly Braces
8756 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8757 puts "Time: [date]"
8758 @}
8759 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8760 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8761 @end example
8762 @enumerate
8763 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8764 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8765 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8766 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8767 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8768 command.
8769 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8770 @*There are 4 examples:
8771 @enumerate
8772 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8773 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8774 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8775 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8776 @end enumerate
8777
8778 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8779 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8780 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8781
8782 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8783 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8784 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8785 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8786 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8787 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8788 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8789 @end enumerate
8790 @subsection Global Variables
8791 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8792 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8793 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8794 @example
8795 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8796 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8797 global x #Global variable X
8798 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8799 @}
8800 @end example
8801 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8802 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8803 @example
8804 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8805 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8806 # Create var name
8807 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8808 # Make it a global
8809 global $vn
8810 # Set it.
8811 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8812 @}
8813 @end example
8814 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8815 @example
8816 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8817 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8818 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8819 @}
8820 @end example
8821
8822 @include fdl.texi
8823
8824 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8825 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8826 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8827 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8828 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8829 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8830
8831 @printindex cp
8832
8833 @node Command and Driver Index
8834 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8835 @printindex fn
8836
8837 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)